]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
Implement statistics display in checkpoint actions.
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @c Maintenance notes:
14 @c 1. Pay attention to @FIXME{}s and @UNREVISED{}s
15 @c 2. Before creating final variant:
16 @c 2.1. Run 'make check-options' to make sure all options are properly
17 @c documented;
18 @c 2.2. Run 'make master-menu' (see comment before the master menu).
19
20 @include rendition.texi
21 @include value.texi
22
23 @defcodeindex op
24 @defcodeindex kw
25
26 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
27 @syncodeindex fn cp
28 @syncodeindex ky cp
29 @syncodeindex pg cp
30 @syncodeindex vr cp
31 @syncodeindex kw cp
32
33 @copying
34
35 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
36 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
37 from archives.
38
39 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994--1997, 1999--2001, 2003--2013 Free
40 Software Foundation, Inc.
41
42 @quotation
43 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
44 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
45 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
46 Invariant Sections being ``GNU General Public License'', with the
47 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual'', and with the Back-Cover Texts
48 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
49 entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
50
51 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to
52 copy and modify this GNU manual.''
53 @end quotation
54 @end copying
55
56 @dircategory Archiving
57 @direntry
58 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
59 @end direntry
60
61 @dircategory Individual utilities
62 @direntry
63 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
64 @end direntry
65
66 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
67
68 @titlepage
69 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
70 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
71 @author John Gilmore, Jay Fenlason et al.
72
73 @page
74 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
75 @insertcopying
76 @end titlepage
77
78 @ifnottex
79 @node Top
80 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
81
82 @insertcopying
83
84 @cindex file archival
85 @cindex archiving files
86
87 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
88 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
89 @end ifnottex
90
91 @c The master menu goes here.
92 @c
93 @c NOTE: To update it from within Emacs, make sure mastermenu.el is
94 @c loaded and run texinfo-master-menu.
95 @c To update it from the command line, run
96 @c
97 @c make master-menu
98
99 @menu
100 * Introduction::
101 * Tutorial::
102 * tar invocation::
103 * operations::
104 * Backups::
105 * Choosing::
106 * Date input formats::
107 * Formats::
108 * Media::
109 * Reliability and security::
110
111 Appendices
112
113 * Changes::
114 * Configuring Help Summary::
115 * Fixing Snapshot Files::
116 * Tar Internals::
117 * Genfile::
118 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
119 * GNU Free Documentation License::
120 * Index of Command Line Options::
121 * Index::
122
123 @detailmenu
124 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
125
126 Introduction
127
128 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
129 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
130 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
131 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
132 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
133 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
134
135 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
136
137 * assumptions::
138 * stylistic conventions::
139 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
140 * frequent operations::
141 * Two Frequent Options::
142 * create:: How to Create Archives
143 * list:: How to List Archives
144 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
145 * going further::
146
147 Two Frequently Used Options
148
149 * file tutorial::
150 * verbose tutorial::
151 * help tutorial::
152
153 How to Create Archives
154
155 * prepare for examples::
156 * Creating the archive::
157 * create verbose::
158 * short create::
159 * create dir::
160
161 How to List Archives
162
163 * list dir::
164
165 How to Extract Members from an Archive
166
167 * extracting archives::
168 * extracting files::
169 * extract dir::
170 * extracting untrusted archives::
171 * failing commands::
172
173 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
174
175 * Synopsis::
176 * using tar options::
177 * Styles::
178 * All Options::
179 * help::
180 * defaults::
181 * verbose::
182 * checkpoints::
183 * warnings::
184 * interactive::
185
186 The Three Option Styles
187
188 * Long Options:: Long Option Style
189 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
190 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
191 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
192
193 All @command{tar} Options
194
195 * Operation Summary::
196 * Option Summary::
197 * Short Option Summary::
198
199 @GNUTAR{} Operations
200
201 * Basic tar::
202 * Advanced tar::
203 * create options::
204 * extract options::
205 * backup::
206 * Applications::
207 * looking ahead::
208
209 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
210
211 * Operations::
212 * append::
213 * update::
214 * concatenate::
215 * delete::
216 * compare::
217
218 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
219
220 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
221 * multiple::
222
223 Updating an Archive
224
225 * how to update::
226
227 Options Used by @option{--create}
228
229 * override:: Overriding File Metadata.
230 * Ignore Failed Read::
231
232 Options Used by @option{--extract}
233
234 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
235 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
236 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
237
238 Options to Help Read Archives
239
240 * read full records::
241 * Ignore Zeros::
242
243 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
244
245 * Dealing with Old Files::
246 * Overwrite Old Files::
247 * Keep Old Files::
248 * Keep Newer Files::
249 * Unlink First::
250 * Recursive Unlink::
251 * Data Modification Times::
252 * Setting Access Permissions::
253 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
254 * Writing to Standard Output::
255 * Writing to an External Program::
256 * remove files::
257
258 Coping with Scarce Resources
259
260 * Starting File::
261 * Same Order::
262
263 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
264
265 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
266 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
267 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
268 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
269 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
270 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
271
272 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
273
274 * General-Purpose Variables::
275 * Magnetic Tape Control::
276 * User Hooks::
277 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
278
279 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
280
281 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
282 * Selecting Archive Members::
283 * files:: Reading Names from a File
284 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
285 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
286 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
287 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
288 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
289 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
290 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
291
292 Reading Names from a File
293
294 * nul::
295
296 Excluding Some Files
297
298 * problems with exclude::
299
300 Wildcards Patterns and Matching
301
302 * controlling pattern-matching::
303
304 Crossing File System Boundaries
305
306 * directory:: Changing Directory
307 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
308
309 Date input formats
310
311 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
312 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
313 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
314 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}.
315 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
316 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
317 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
318 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
319 * Specifying time zone rules:: TZ="America/New_York", TZ="UTC0".
320 * Authors of parse_datetime:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
321
322 Controlling the Archive Format
323
324 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
325 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
326 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
327 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
328
329 Using Less Space through Compression
330
331 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
332 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
333
334 Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
335
336 * lbzip2:: Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
337
338 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
339
340 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
341 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
342 * hard links:: Hard Links
343 * old:: Old V7 Archives
344 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
345 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
346 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
347 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
348 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
349 * Other Tars:: How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
350 Other @command{tar} Implementations
351
352 @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
353
354 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
355
356 How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
357
358 * Split Recovery:: Members Split Between Volumes
359 * Sparse Recovery:: Sparse Members
360
361 Tapes and Other Archive Media
362
363 * Device:: Device selection and switching
364 * Remote Tape Server::
365 * Common Problems and Solutions::
366 * Blocking:: Blocking
367 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
368 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
369 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
370 * verify::
371 * Write Protection::
372
373 Blocking
374
375 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
376 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
377
378 Many Archives on One Tape
379
380 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
381 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
382
383 Using Multiple Tapes
384
385 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
386 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
387 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
388
389
390 Tar Internals
391
392 * Standard:: Basic Tar Format
393 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
394 * Sparse Formats:: Storing Sparse Files
395 * Snapshot Files::
396 * Dumpdir::
397
398 Storing Sparse Files
399
400 * Old GNU Format::
401 * PAX 0:: PAX Format, Versions 0.0 and 0.1
402 * PAX 1:: PAX Format, Version 1.0
403
404 Genfile
405
406 * Generate Mode:: File Generation Mode.
407 * Status Mode:: File Status Mode.
408 * Exec Mode:: Synchronous Execution mode.
409
410 Copying This Manual
411
412 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
413
414 @end detailmenu
415 @end menu
416
417 @node Introduction
418 @chapter Introduction
419
420 @GNUTAR{} creates
421 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
422 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
423 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
424 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
425 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
426
427 @menu
428 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
429 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
430 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
431 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
432 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
433 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
434 @end menu
435
436 @node Book Contents
437 @section What this Book Contains
438
439 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
440 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
441 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
442 or comments.
443
444 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
445 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
446 meant to be self-contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
447 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
448 progressive order, building on information already explained.
449
450 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
451 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
452 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
453 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
454 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
455 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
456 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
457 may be a cross-reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
458 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
459 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
460
461 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
462 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
463
464 The other chapters are meant to be used as a reference. Each chapter
465 presents everything that needs to be said about a specific topic.
466
467 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
468 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
469 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
470 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
471
472 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
473 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
474 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
475 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
476 indicate this.)
477
478 @node Definitions
479 @section Some Definitions
480
481 @cindex archive
482 @cindex tar archive
483 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
484 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
485 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
486 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
487 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and data modification time.
488 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
489 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
490 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
491
492 @cindex member
493 @cindex archive member
494 @cindex file name
495 @cindex member name
496 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
497 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
498 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
499 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
500 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the file system,
501 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
502 archive.
503
504 @cindex extraction
505 @cindex unpacking
506 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
507 member (or multiple members) into a file in the file system. Extracting
508 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
509 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
510 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
511 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
512 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
513 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
514 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
515 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
516 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
517
518 @node What tar Does
519 @section What @command{tar} Does
520
521 @cindex tar
522 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
523 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
524 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
525 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
526 stored.
527
528 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
529 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
530 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
531 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
532 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
533
534 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
535 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
536
537 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work.}
538 @table @asis
539 @item Storage
540 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
541 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
542 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
543 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
544 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
545 unit.
546
547 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
548 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
549 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
550 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
551 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
552 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
553 archives useful.
554
555 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
556 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
557 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
558 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
559 all dimensions, even time!)
560
561 @item Backup
562 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
563 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
564 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
565 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
566 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
567 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
568 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
569 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
570 file system.
571
572 @item Transportation
573 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
574 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
575 files from one system to another.
576 @end table
577
578 @node Naming tar Archives
579 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
580
581 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
582 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
583 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
584 it and to make examples more clear.
585
586 @cindex tar file
587 @cindex entry
588 @cindex tar entry
589 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
590 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
591 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
592 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
593 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
594
595 @node Authors
596 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
597
598 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
599 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
600 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
601 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
602 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
603 numerous and kind users.
604
605 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
606 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
607 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
608 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
609 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
610
611 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
612 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
613 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
614 i'll think about it.}
615
616 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
617 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
618
619 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
620 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
621 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
622 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
623 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
624 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
625 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
626 1.12. The book for versions from 1.14 up to @value{VERSION} were edited
627 by the current maintainer, Sergey Poznyakoff.
628
629 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
630 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
631
632 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
633 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
634 active development and maintenance work has started
635 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
636 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
637
638 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
639
640 @node Reports
641 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
642
643 @cindex bug reports
644 @cindex reporting bugs
645 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
646 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
647
648 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
649 possible, in order to reproduce it.
650 @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd like to make this node as detailed as
651 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs manual.}
652
653 @node Tutorial
654 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
655
656 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
657 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
658 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
659 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
660 details about how @command{tar} works.
661
662 @menu
663 * assumptions::
664 * stylistic conventions::
665 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
666 * frequent operations::
667 * Two Frequent Options::
668 * create:: How to Create Archives
669 * list:: How to List Archives
670 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
671 * going further::
672 @end menu
673
674 @node assumptions
675 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
676
677 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
678 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
679 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
680 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
681 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
682
683 @itemize @bullet
684 @item
685 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
686 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
687 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
688 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
689 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
690 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
691 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
692 file system. You should have some basic understanding of directory
693 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
694 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
695 input, what various definitions of the term @samp{argument} mean, and the
696 differences between relative and absolute file names.
697 @FIXME{and what else?}
698
699 @item
700 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
701 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
702 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show file names,
703 we will assume that those names are relative to your home directory.
704 For example, my home directory is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
705 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that file
706 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
707
708 @item
709 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
710 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
711 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
712 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
713 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
714 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
715 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
716 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
717 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
718
719 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
720 @end itemize
721
722 @node stylistic conventions
723 @section Stylistic Conventions
724
725 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
726 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
727 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
728 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
729 sometimes @samp{like this}.
730
731 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
732 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
733
734 @node basic tar options
735 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
736
737 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
738 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
739 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
740 operations, and options.
741
742 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
743 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
744 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
745 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
746 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
747 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
748
749 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
750 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
751 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
752 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
753 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
754 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
755
756 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
757 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
758 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
759 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
760 corresponding abbreviations. We will indicate those abbreviations
761 appropriately to get you used to seeing them. Note, that the ``old
762 style'' option forms exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
763 @command{tar}. In this book we present a full discussion of this way
764 of writing options and operations (@pxref{Old Options}), and we discuss
765 the other two styles of writing options (@xref{Long Options}, and
766 @pxref{Short Options}).
767
768 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
769 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
770 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
771 For example, instead of typing
772
773 @smallexample
774 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
775 @end smallexample
776
777 @noindent
778 you can type
779 @smallexample
780 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
781 @end smallexample
782
783 @noindent
784 or even
785 @smallexample
786 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
787 @end smallexample
788
789 @noindent
790 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
791 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
792 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
793
794 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
795 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
796 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
797 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
798 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
799 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
800 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
801
802 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
803 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
804 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
805 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
806 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc.). However,
807 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
808 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
809 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
810 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
811 intends.
812
813 @node frequent operations
814 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
815
816 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
817 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
818 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
819 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
820
821 @table @option
822 @item --create
823 @itemx -c
824 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
825 @item --list
826 @itemx -t
827 List the contents of an archive.
828 @item --extract
829 @itemx -x
830 Extract one or more members from an archive.
831 @end table
832
833 @node Two Frequent Options
834 @section Two Frequently Used Options
835
836 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
837 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
838 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
839 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
840 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
841 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
842
843 @menu
844 * file tutorial::
845 * verbose tutorial::
846 * help tutorial::
847 @end menu
848
849 @node file tutorial
850 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
851
852 @table @option
853 @xopindex{file, tutorial}
854 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
855 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
856 Specify the name of an archive file.
857 @end table
858
859 You can specify an argument for the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option whenever you
860 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
861 that @command{tar} will work on.
862
863 @vrindex TAPE
864 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will examine
865 the environment variable @env{TAPE}. If it is set, its value will be
866 used as the archive name. Otherwise, @command{tar} will use the
867 default archive, determined at compile time. Usually it is
868 standard output or some physical tape drive attached to your machine
869 (you can verify what the default is by running @kbd{tar
870 --show-defaults}, @pxref{defaults}). If there is no tape drive
871 attached, or the default is not meaningful, then @command{tar} will
872 print an error message. The error message might look roughly like one
873 of the following:
874
875 @smallexample
876 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
877 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
878 @end smallexample
879
880 @noindent
881 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
882 name by using @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) when writing your @command{tar} commands.
883 For more information on using the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option, see
884 @ref{file}.
885
886 @node verbose tutorial
887 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
888
889 @table @option
890 @xopindex{verbose, introduced}
891 @item --verbose
892 @itemx -v
893 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
894 @end table
895
896 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) shows details about the results of running
897 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
898 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
899 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
900 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
901 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
902 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
903 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
904 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
905 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
906
907 Each instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line increases the
908 verbosity level by one, so if you need more details on the output,
909 specify it twice.
910
911 When reading archives (@option{--list}, @option{--extract},
912 @option{--diff}), @command{tar} by default prints only the names of
913 the members being extracted. Using @option{--verbose} will show a full,
914 @command{ls} style member listing.
915
916 In contrast, when writing archives (@option{--create}, @option{--append},
917 @option{--update}), @command{tar} does not print file names by
918 default. So, a single @option{--verbose} option shows the file names
919 being added to the archive, while two @option{--verbose} options
920 enable the full listing.
921
922 For example, to create an archive in verbose mode:
923
924 @smallexample
925 $ @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
926 apple
927 angst
928 aspic
929 @end smallexample
930
931 @noindent
932 Creating the same archive with the verbosity level 2 could give:
933
934 @smallexample
935 $ @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
936 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
937 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 11481 2006-06-09 12:06 angst
938 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 23152 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic
939 @end smallexample
940
941 @noindent
942 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
943 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
944 twice, like this:
945
946 @smallexample
947 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
948 @end smallexample
949
950 @noindent
951 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
952
953 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
954 --verbose}}.
955
956 @anchor{verbose member listing}
957 The full output consists of six fields:
958
959 @itemize @bullet
960 @item File type and permissions in symbolic form.
961 These are displayed in the same format as the first column of
962 @command{ls -l} output (@pxref{What information is listed,
963 format=verbose, Verbose listing, fileutils, GNU file utilities}).
964
965 @item Owner name and group separated by a slash character.
966 If these data are not available (for example, when listing a @samp{v7} format
967 archive), numeric @acronym{ID} values are printed instead.
968
969 @item Size of the file, in bytes.
970
971 @item File modification date in ISO 8601 format.
972
973 @item File modification time.
974
975 @item File name.
976 If the name contains any special characters (white space, newlines,
977 etc.) these are displayed in an unambiguous form using so called
978 @dfn{quoting style}. For the detailed discussion of available styles
979 and on how to use them, see @ref{quoting styles}.
980
981 Depending on the file type, the name can be followed by some
982 additional information, described in the following table:
983
984 @table @samp
985 @item -> @var{link-name}
986 The file or archive member is a @dfn{symbolic link} and
987 @var{link-name} is the name of file it links to.
988
989 @item link to @var{link-name}
990 The file or archive member is a @dfn{hard link} and @var{link-name} is
991 the name of file it links to.
992
993 @item --Long Link--
994 The archive member is an old GNU format long link. You will normally
995 not encounter this.
996
997 @item --Long Name--
998 The archive member is an old GNU format long name. You will normally
999 not encounter this.
1000
1001 @item --Volume Header--
1002 The archive member is a GNU @dfn{volume header} (@pxref{Tape Files}).
1003
1004 @item --Continued at byte @var{n}--
1005 Encountered only at the beginning of a multi-volume archive
1006 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}). This archive member is a continuation
1007 from the previous volume. The number @var{n} gives the offset where
1008 the original file was split.
1009
1010 @item unknown file type @var{c}
1011 An archive member of unknown type. @var{c} is the type character from
1012 the archive header. If you encounter such a message, it means that
1013 either your archive contains proprietary member types @GNUTAR{} is not
1014 able to handle, or the archive is corrupted.
1015 @end table
1016
1017 @end itemize
1018
1019 For example, here is an archive listing containing most of the special
1020 suffixes explained above:
1021
1022 @smallexample
1023 @group
1024 V--------- 0/0 1536 2006-06-09 13:07 MyVolume--Volume Header--
1025 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 456783 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic--Continued at byte 32456--
1026 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
1027 lrwxrwxrwx gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 13:01 angst -> apple
1028 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 35793 2006-06-09 12:06 blues
1029 hrw-r--r-- gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 12:06 music link to blues
1030 @end group
1031 @end smallexample
1032
1033 @smallexample
1034 @end smallexample
1035
1036 @node help tutorial
1037 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
1038
1039 @table @option
1040 @opindex help
1041 @item --help
1042
1043 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
1044 all operations and option available for the current version of
1045 @command{tar} available on your system.
1046 @end table
1047
1048 @node create
1049 @section How to Create Archives
1050 @UNREVISED
1051
1052 @cindex Creation of the archive
1053 @cindex Archive, creation of
1054 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @option{--create} (@option{-c}), which
1055 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
1056 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
1057 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
1058 practice on.
1059
1060 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
1061 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
1062 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
1063 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
1064 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
1065 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
1066 other directories and other archives.
1067
1068 The three files you will archive in this example are called
1069 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
1070 @file{collection.tar}.
1071
1072 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
1073 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
1074 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
1075 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
1076 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
1077 @command{tar} works.
1078
1079 @menu
1080 * prepare for examples::
1081 * Creating the archive::
1082 * create verbose::
1083 * short create::
1084 * create dir::
1085 @end menu
1086
1087 @node prepare for examples
1088 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
1089
1090 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
1091 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
1092 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
1093 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
1094 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
1095 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
1096
1097 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
1098 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
1099 the full file name of this directory is
1100 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1101 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.)
1102
1103 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1104 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1105 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1106 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1107
1108 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1109 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1110 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1111 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1112 contents of the file named by @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) if it exists. @command{tar}
1113 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1114 specify an option which does this (@pxref{backup}, for the
1115 information on how to do so). To add files to an existing archive,
1116 you need to use a different option, such as @option{--append} (@option{-r}); see
1117 @ref{append} for information on how to do this.
1118
1119 @node Creating the archive
1120 @subsection Creating the Archive
1121
1122 @xopindex{create, introduced}
1123 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1124 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1125
1126 @smallexample
1127 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1128 @end smallexample
1129
1130 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1131 option forms}. You could also say:
1132
1133 @smallexample
1134 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1135 @end smallexample
1136
1137 @noindent
1138 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1139 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1140 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1141 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1142
1143 Note that the sequence
1144 @option{--file=@-collection.tar} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1145 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1146 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1147 archive file you create.
1148
1149 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1150 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1151 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1152 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1153 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1154 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1155
1156 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1157 is the operation which creates the new archive
1158 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1159 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1160 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1161 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation.
1162 @xref{Choosing}, for the detailed discussion on these.) Now that they are
1163 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1164 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1165
1166 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1167 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1168 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1169
1170 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@command{ls}), you will
1171 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1172
1173 @smallexample
1174 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1175 @end smallexample
1176
1177 @noindent
1178 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1179 the files in the directory.
1180
1181 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1182 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1183 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1184 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1185
1186 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to add files to
1187 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1188 Use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) instead. @xref{append}.
1189
1190 @node create verbose
1191 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1192
1193 @xopindex{create, using with @option{--verbose}}
1194 @xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--create}}
1195 If you include the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option on the command line,
1196 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1197 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1198
1199 @smallexample
1200 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1201 blues
1202 folk
1203 jazz
1204 @end smallexample
1205
1206 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1207 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining
1208 @iftex
1209 lines (note the different font styles).
1210 @end iftex
1211 @ifinfo
1212 lines.
1213 @end ifinfo
1214
1215 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1216 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1217 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1218 understand.
1219
1220 @node short create
1221 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1222
1223 As we said before, the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) operation is one of the most
1224 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1225 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1226 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1227 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1228 previous example (including the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option) looks like
1229 using short option forms:
1230
1231 @smallexample
1232 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1233 blues
1234 folk
1235 jazz
1236 @end smallexample
1237
1238 @noindent
1239 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1240 long or short option forms.
1241
1242 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1243 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1244 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1245 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1246 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1247 following way:
1248
1249 @smallexample
1250 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1251 @end smallexample
1252
1253 @noindent
1254 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1255 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1256 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1257 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1258 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1259 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1260 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1261 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1262 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1263 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1264 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1265
1266 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1267 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1268 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1269
1270 This example,
1271
1272 @smallexample
1273 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1274 @end smallexample
1275
1276 @noindent
1277 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1278 becomes much more so:
1279
1280 @smallexample
1281 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1282 @end smallexample
1283
1284 @noindent
1285 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1286 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1287 valuable data.
1288
1289 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1290 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1291 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1292 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1293 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1294
1295 @node create dir
1296 @subsection Archiving Directories
1297
1298 @cindex Archiving Directories
1299 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1300 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1301 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1302 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1303 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1304
1305 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1306 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1307 type:
1308
1309 @smallexample
1310 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1311 $
1312 @end smallexample
1313
1314 @noindent
1315 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1316 i.e., your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1317 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1318 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1319
1320 @smallexample
1321 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1322 @end smallexample
1323
1324 @noindent
1325 @command{tar} should output:
1326
1327 @smallexample
1328 practice/
1329 practice/blues
1330 practice/folk
1331 practice/jazz
1332 practice/collection.tar
1333 @end smallexample
1334
1335 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1336 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1337 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1338 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1339 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1340 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1341 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1342 @command{tar} from the root directory; @xref{absolute}. (Note
1343 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1344 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1345 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1346 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1347 into the file system).
1348
1349 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1350
1351 @smallexample
1352 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1353 @end smallexample
1354
1355 @noindent
1356 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1357 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1358 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1359 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1360 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1361 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1362 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1363 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1364 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1365 note:} Other implementations of @command{tar} may not be so clever;
1366 they will enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not
1367 depend on this behavior unless you are certain you are running
1368 @GNUTAR{}. In general, it is wise to always place the archive outside
1369 of the directory being dumped.)
1370
1371 @node list
1372 @section How to List Archives
1373
1374 @opindex list
1375 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1376 particular archive contains. You can use the @option{--list}
1377 (@option{-t}) operation to get the member names as they currently
1378 appear in the archive, as well as various attributes of the files at
1379 the time they were archived. For example, you can examine the archive
1380 @file{collection.tar} that you created in the last section with the
1381 command,
1382
1383 @smallexample
1384 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1385 @end smallexample
1386
1387 @noindent
1388 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1389
1390 @smallexample
1391 blues
1392 folk
1393 jazz
1394 @end smallexample
1395
1396 @noindent
1397 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1398
1399 @smallexample
1400 ./birds
1401 baboon
1402 ./box
1403 @end smallexample
1404
1405 @noindent
1406 Be sure to use a @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f
1407 @var{archive-name}}) option just as with @option{--create}
1408 (@option{-c}) to specify the name of the archive.
1409
1410 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--verbose}}
1411 @xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--list}}
1412 If you use the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option with
1413 @option{--list}, then @command{tar} will print out a listing
1414 reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}}, showing owner, file size, and so
1415 forth. This output is described in detail in @ref{verbose member listing}.
1416
1417 If you had used @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) mode, the example
1418 above would look like:
1419
1420 @smallexample
1421 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1422 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1423 @end smallexample
1424
1425 @cindex listing member and file names
1426 @anchor{listing member and file names}
1427 It is important to notice that the output of @kbd{tar --list
1428 --verbose} does not necessarily match that produced by @kbd{tar
1429 --create --verbose} while creating the archive. It is because
1430 @GNUTAR{}, unless told explicitly not to do so, removes some directory
1431 prefixes from file names before storing them in the archive
1432 (@xref{absolute}, for more information). In other
1433 words, in verbose mode @GNUTAR{} shows @dfn{file names} when creating
1434 an archive and @dfn{member names} when listing it. Consider this
1435 example:
1436
1437 @smallexample
1438 @group
1439 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file archive /etc/mail}
1440 tar: Removing leading '/' from member names
1441 /etc/mail/
1442 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1443 /etc/mail/aliases
1444 $ @kbd{tar --test --file archive}
1445 etc/mail/
1446 etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1447 etc/mail/aliases
1448 @end group
1449 @end smallexample
1450
1451 @opindex show-stored-names
1452 This default behavior can sometimes be inconvenient. You can force
1453 @GNUTAR{} show member names when creating archive by supplying
1454 @option{--show-stored-names} option.
1455
1456 @table @option
1457 @item --show-stored-names
1458 Print member (as opposed to @emph{file}) names when creating the archive.
1459 @end table
1460
1461 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1462 @xopindex{list, using with file name arguments}
1463 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1464 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1465 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1466 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1467
1468 Because @command{tar} preserves file names, these must be specified as
1469 they appear in the archive (i.e., relative to the directory from which
1470 the archive was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying
1471 member names to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names.
1472 For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar birds}} would produce an
1473 error message something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive},
1474 because there is no member named @file{birds}, only one named
1475 @file{./birds}. While the names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name
1476 the same file, @emph{member} names by default are compared verbatim.
1477
1478 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar baboon}} would respond
1479 with @file{baboon}, because this exact member name is in the archive file
1480 @file{bfiles.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name,
1481 use @dfn{globbing patterns}, for example:
1482
1483 @smallexample
1484 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar --wildcards '*b*'}
1485 @end smallexample
1486
1487 @noindent
1488 will list all members whose name contains @samp{b}. @xref{wildcards},
1489 for a detailed discussion of globbing patterns and related
1490 @command{tar} command line options.
1491
1492 @menu
1493 * list dir::
1494 @end menu
1495
1496 @node list dir
1497 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1498
1499 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1500 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1501 @option{--list} (@option{-t}). To find out file attributes, include the
1502 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option.
1503
1504 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1505 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1506
1507 @smallexample
1508 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1509 @end smallexample
1510
1511 @command{tar} responds:
1512
1513 @smallexample
1514 drwxrwxrwx myself/user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1515 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1516 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1517 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1518 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1519 @end smallexample
1520
1521 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1522 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1523
1524 @node extract
1525 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1526 @cindex Extraction
1527 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1528 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1529
1530 @opindex extract
1531 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1532 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1533 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1534 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1535 from an archive, use the @option{--extract} (@option{--get} or
1536 @option{-x}) operation. As with @option{--create}, specify the name
1537 of the archive with @option{--file} (@option{-f}) option. Extracting
1538 an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can extract it
1539 multiple times if you want or need to.
1540
1541 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1542 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1543 with @option{--create} (@option{-c}) and @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you may use the short or the
1544 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1545
1546 @menu
1547 * extracting archives::
1548 * extracting files::
1549 * extract dir::
1550 * extracting untrusted archives::
1551 * failing commands::
1552 @end menu
1553
1554 @node extracting archives
1555 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1556
1557 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1558 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1559
1560 @smallexample
1561 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1562 @end smallexample
1563
1564 @noindent
1565 produces this:
1566
1567 @smallexample
1568 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1569 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1570 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1571 @end smallexample
1572
1573 @node extracting files
1574 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1575
1576 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1577 arguments, as printed by @option{--list} (@option{-t}). If you had
1578 mistakenly deleted one of the files you had placed in the archive
1579 @file{collection.tar} earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it
1580 from the archive without changing the archive's structure. Its
1581 contents will be identical to the original file @file{blues} that you
1582 deleted.
1583
1584 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1585 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1586 the files in the directory again.
1587
1588 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1589 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1590
1591 @smallexample
1592 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1593 @end smallexample
1594
1595 @noindent
1596 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1597 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, data
1598 modification times, and owner.@footnote{This is only accidentally
1599 true, but not in general. Whereas modification times are always
1600 restored, in most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner,
1601 and use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just
1602 happens that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived
1603 members, and that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original
1604 permissions.} (These parameters will be identical to those which
1605 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1606 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1607 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1608 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1609 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1610 @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1611
1612 Remember that as with other operations, specifying the exact member
1613 name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar birds}}
1614 will fail, because there is no member named @file{birds}. To extract
1615 the member named @file{./birds}, you must specify @w{@kbd{tar
1616 --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. If you don't remember the
1617 exact member names, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option
1618 (@pxref{list}). You can also extract those members that match a
1619 specific @dfn{globbing pattern}. For example, to extract from
1620 @file{bfiles.tar} all files that begin with @samp{b}, no matter their
1621 directory prefix, you could type:
1622
1623 @smallexample
1624 $ @kbd{tar -x -f bfiles.tar --wildcards --no-anchored 'b*'}
1625 @end smallexample
1626
1627 @noindent
1628 Here, @option{--wildcards} instructs @command{tar} to treat
1629 command line arguments as globbing patterns and @option{--no-anchored}
1630 informs it that the patterns apply to member names after any @samp{/}
1631 delimiter. The use of globbing patterns is discussed in detail in
1632 @xref{wildcards}.
1633
1634 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1635 with the @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1636 Output}).
1637
1638 If you give the @option{--verbose} option, then @option{--extract}
1639 will print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1640
1641 @node extract dir
1642 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1643
1644 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1645 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1646 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1647 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1648 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1649 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1650 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1651 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1652 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1653 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1654 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1655 @pxref{Writing}).
1656
1657 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1658 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1659 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1660
1661 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1662 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1663 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1664 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1665 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1666 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1667 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1668 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1669 following command:
1670
1671 @smallexample
1672 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1673 practice/folk
1674 practice/jazz
1675 @end smallexample
1676
1677 @noindent
1678 If you were to specify two @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) options, @command{tar}
1679 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1680 in the example below:
1681
1682 @smallexample
1683 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1684 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1685 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1686 @end smallexample
1687
1688 @noindent
1689 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1690 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1691 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1692 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1693
1694 @node extracting untrusted archives
1695 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1696
1697 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1698 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1699 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1700 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1701 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1702 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1703 extract it as follows:
1704
1705 @smallexample
1706 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1707 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1708 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1709 @end smallexample
1710
1711 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1712 before extracting it, using @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option, possibly combined
1713 with @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}).
1714
1715 @node failing commands
1716 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1717
1718 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1719 they won't work.
1720
1721 If you try to use this command,
1722
1723 @smallexample
1724 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1725 @end smallexample
1726
1727 @noindent
1728 you will get the following response:
1729
1730 @smallexample
1731 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1732 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1733 @end smallexample
1734
1735 @noindent
1736 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1737 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1738 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1739
1740 @smallexample
1741 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1742 practice/blues
1743 practice/folk
1744 practice/jazz
1745 @end smallexample
1746
1747 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1748 order...}
1749
1750 @noindent
1751 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1752
1753 @smallexample
1754 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1755 @end smallexample
1756
1757 @noindent
1758 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1759 archive. You must use the correct member names, or wildcards, in order
1760 to extract the files from the archive.
1761
1762 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1763 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1764
1765 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1766
1767 @node going further
1768 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1769 @UNREVISED
1770
1771 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1772 be in the rest of the manual.}
1773
1774 @node tar invocation
1775 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1776
1777 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1778 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1779 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1780 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1781 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1782 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1783 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1784 depending on what the operation is.
1785
1786 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1787 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1788 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1789 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1790 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1791
1792 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1793 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1794 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1795 receives about what is going on. These are the @option{--help} and
1796 @option{--version} (@pxref{help}), @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1797 and @option{--interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1798
1799 @menu
1800 * Synopsis::
1801 * using tar options::
1802 * Styles::
1803 * All Options:: All @command{tar} Options.
1804 * help:: Where to Get Help.
1805 * defaults:: What are the Default Values.
1806 * verbose:: Checking @command{tar} progress.
1807 * checkpoints:: Checkpoints.
1808 * warnings:: Controlling Warning Messages.
1809 * interactive:: Asking for Confirmation During Operations.
1810 * external:: Running External Commands.
1811 @end menu
1812
1813 @node Synopsis
1814 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1815
1816 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1817
1818 @smallexample
1819 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1820 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1821 @end smallexample
1822
1823 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1824
1825 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1826 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1827 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1828 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1829 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1830 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1831 @command{tar} is to act on.
1832
1833 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1834 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1835 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1836 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1837
1838 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1839 name when the main command is one of @option{--compare}
1840 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}), @option{--delete}, @option{--extract}
1841 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
1842 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). When naming archive members, you
1843 must give the exact name of the member in the archive, as it is
1844 printed by @option{--list}. For @option{--append} (@option{-r}) and
1845 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), these @var{name} arguments specify
1846 the names of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1847 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1848 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1849
1850 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1851 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1852 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1853 unless you specify otherwise (using the @option{--absolute-names}
1854 option). @xref{absolute}, for more information about
1855 @option{--absolute-names}.
1856
1857 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1858 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1859 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1860 the files in the file system to @command{tar}.
1861
1862 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1863 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1864 for newcomers. @xref{wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1865 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1866 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1867 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1868 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1869 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1870 sufficient for this.
1871
1872 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1873 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1874 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}}) option.
1875
1876 If you don't use any file name arguments, @option{--append} (@option{-r}),
1877 @option{--delete} and @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate},
1878 @option{-A}) will do nothing, while @option{--create} (@option{-c})
1879 will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar} execution.
1880 The other operations of @command{tar} (@option{--list},
1881 @option{--extract}, @option{--compare}, and @option{--update})
1882 will act on the entire contents of the archive.
1883
1884 @anchor{exit status}
1885 @cindex exit status
1886 @cindex return status
1887 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1888 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1889 @command{tar} command line is improperly written. Errors may be
1890 encountered later, while processing the archive or the files. Some
1891 errors are recoverable, in which case the failure is delayed until
1892 @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some errors are such that
1893 it would be not meaningful, or at least risky, to continue processing:
1894 @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately. All abnormal exits,
1895 whether immediate or delayed, should always be clearly diagnosed on
1896 @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of the error.
1897
1898 Possible exit codes of @GNUTAR{} are summarized in the following
1899 table:
1900
1901 @table @asis
1902 @item 0
1903 @samp{Successful termination}.
1904
1905 @item 1
1906 @samp{Some files differ}. If tar was invoked with @option{--compare}
1907 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}) command line option, this means that
1908 some files in the archive differ from their disk counterparts
1909 (@pxref{compare}). If tar was given @option{--create},
1910 @option{--append} or @option{--update} option, this exit code means
1911 that some files were changed while being archived and so the resulting
1912 archive does not contain the exact copy of the file set.
1913
1914 @item 2
1915 @samp{Fatal error}. This means that some fatal, unrecoverable error
1916 occurred.
1917 @end table
1918
1919 If @command{tar} has invoked a subprocess and that subprocess exited with a
1920 nonzero exit code, @command{tar} exits with that code as well.
1921 This can happen, for example, if @command{tar} was given some
1922 compression option (@pxref{gzip}) and the external compressor program
1923 failed. Another example is @command{rmt} failure during backup to the
1924 remote device (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
1925
1926 @node using tar options
1927 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1928
1929 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1930 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1931 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1932 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1933 @command{tar} command (the corresponding options may be found
1934 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1935 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1936 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1937 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1938 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1939
1940 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1941 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @option{--verbose}
1942 (@option{-v}), which we used in the tutorial). As we said in the
1943 tutorial, @dfn{options} are arguments to @command{tar} which are (as
1944 their name suggests) optional. Depending on the operating mode, you
1945 may specify one or more options. Different options will have different
1946 effects, but in general they all change details of the operation, such
1947 as archive format, archive name, or level of user interaction. Some
1948 options make sense with all operating modes, while others are
1949 meaningful only with particular modes. You will likely use some
1950 options frequently, while you will only use others infrequently, or
1951 not at all. (A full list of options is available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1952
1953 @vrindex TAR_OPTIONS, environment variable
1954 @anchor{TAR_OPTIONS}
1955 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1956 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1957 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1958 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1959 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1960 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1961 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1962
1963 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1964 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1965 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1966 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1967 write @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1968
1969 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1970 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1971 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1972 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1973 styles.
1974
1975 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1976 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chapter 4 is
1977 incorporated.}
1978
1979 @node Styles
1980 @section The Three Option Styles
1981
1982 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1983 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1984 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1985 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1986
1987 Some options must take an argument@footnote{For example, @option{--file}
1988 (@option{-f}) takes the name of an archive file as an argument. If
1989 you do not supply an archive file name, @command{tar} will use a
1990 default, but this can be confusing; thus, we recommend that you always
1991 supply a specific archive file name.}. Where you @emph{place} the
1992 arguments generally depends on which style of options you choose. We
1993 will detail specific information relevant to each option style in the
1994 sections on the different option styles, below. The differences are
1995 subtle, yet can often be very important; incorrect option placement
1996 can cause you to overwrite a number of important files. We urge you
1997 to note these differences, and only use the option style(s) which
1998 makes the most sense to you until you feel comfortable with the others.
1999
2000 Some options @emph{may} take an argument. Such options may have at
2001 most long and short forms, they do not have old style equivalent. The
2002 rules for specifying an argument for such options are stricter than
2003 those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please, pay special
2004 attention to them.
2005
2006 @menu
2007 * Long Options:: Long Option Style
2008 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
2009 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
2010 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
2011 @end menu
2012
2013 @node Long Options
2014 @subsection Long Option Style
2015
2016 @cindex long options
2017 @cindex options, long style
2018 @cindex options, GNU style
2019 @cindex options, mnemonic names
2020 Each option has at least one @dfn{long} (or @dfn{mnemonic}) name starting with two
2021 dashes in a row, e.g., @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
2022 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
2023 single long option has many different names which are
2024 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
2025 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
2026 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
2027 other long option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
2028 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
2029 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
2030 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
2031 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
2032 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
2033 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
2034 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
2035
2036 Long options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
2037 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
2038 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
2039
2040 @smallexample
2041 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
2042 @end smallexample
2043
2044 @noindent
2045 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
2046 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
2047
2048 @cindex arguments to long options
2049 @cindex long options with mandatory arguments
2050 Long options which require arguments take those arguments
2051 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
2052 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
2053 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
2054 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
2055 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
2056 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
2057 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
2058
2059 @cindex optional arguments to long options
2060 @cindex long options with optional arguments
2061 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
2062 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
2063 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
2064 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
2065
2066 @node Short Options
2067 @subsection Short Option Style
2068
2069 @cindex short options
2070 @cindex options, short style
2071 @cindex options, traditional
2072 Most options also have a @dfn{short option} name. Short options start with
2073 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g., @option{-t}
2074 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
2075 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
2076
2077 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
2078
2079 @cindex arguments to short options
2080 @cindex short options with mandatory arguments
2081 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
2082 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
2083 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
2084 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
2085 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
2086 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
2087 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
2088 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
2089
2090 @cindex optional arguments to short options
2091 @cindex short options with optional arguments
2092 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
2093 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
2094 white space characters}.
2095
2096 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
2097 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
2098 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
2099 all, e.g., @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
2100 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
2101 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
2102 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
2103 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
2104
2105 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
2106 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
2107 For example:
2108
2109 @smallexample
2110 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
2111 @end smallexample
2112
2113 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
2114 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
2115 end up overwriting files.
2116
2117 @node Old Options
2118 @subsection Old Option Style
2119 @cindex options, old style
2120 @cindex old option style
2121 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2122
2123 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2124 non-@acronym{GNU}, support @dfn{old options}: that is, if the first
2125 argument does not start with @samp{-}, it is assumed to specify option
2126 letters. @GNUTAR{} supports old options not only for historical
2127 reasons, but also because many people are used to them. If the first
2128 argument does not start with a dash, you are announcing the old option
2129 style instead of the short option style; old options are decoded
2130 differently.
2131
2132 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
2133 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
2134 them or dashes preceding them. This set
2135 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
2136 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
2137 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
2138 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
2139 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
2140 long option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
2141 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
2142
2143 @cindex arguments to old options
2144 @cindex old options with mandatory arguments
2145 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
2146 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
2147 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
2148 style as follows:
2149
2150 @smallexample
2151 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
2152 @end smallexample
2153
2154 @noindent
2155 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
2156 the argument of @option{-f}.
2157
2158 The old style syntax can make it difficult to match
2159 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
2160 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
2161 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
2162 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
2163 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
2164 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2165 pertain to.
2166
2167 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2168 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2169
2170 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2171 users. For example, the two commands:
2172
2173 @smallexample
2174 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2175 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2176 @end smallexample
2177
2178 @noindent
2179 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2180 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2181 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2182 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2183
2184 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2185 following are equivalent:
2186
2187 @smallexample
2188 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2189 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2190 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2191 @end smallexample
2192
2193 @node Mixing
2194 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2195
2196 @cindex options, mixing different styles
2197 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2198 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2199 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2200 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with long options in
2201 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2202 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2203 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2204 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2205 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2206 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2207 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2208 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2209 style options.
2210
2211 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2212 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2213
2214 @smallexample
2215 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2216 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2217 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2218 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2219 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2220 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2221 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2222 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2223 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2224 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2225 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2226 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2227 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2228 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2229 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2230 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2231 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2232 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2233 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2234 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2235 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2236 @end smallexample
2237
2238 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2239 the previous set:
2240
2241 @smallexample
2242 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2243 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2244 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2245 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2246 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2247 @end smallexample
2248
2249 @noindent
2250 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2251 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2252 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2253 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2254 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2255 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2256 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2257 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2258 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2259 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value.
2260 @FIXME{not sure i liked
2261 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2262
2263 @node All Options
2264 @section All @command{tar} Options
2265
2266 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2267 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and
2268 cross-references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2269 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2270 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2271 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2272
2273 @menu
2274 * Operation Summary::
2275 * Option Summary::
2276 * Short Option Summary::
2277 @end menu
2278
2279 @node Operation Summary
2280 @subsection Operations
2281
2282 @table @option
2283
2284 @opsummary{append}
2285 @item --append
2286 @itemx -r
2287
2288 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2289
2290 @opsummary{catenate}
2291 @item --catenate
2292 @itemx -A
2293
2294 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2295
2296 @opsummary{compare}
2297 @item --compare
2298 @itemx -d
2299
2300 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2301 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2302 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2303
2304 @opsummary{concatenate}
2305 @item --concatenate
2306 @itemx -A
2307
2308 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2309 @xref{concatenate}.
2310
2311 @opsummary{create}
2312 @item --create
2313 @itemx -c
2314
2315 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2316
2317 @opsummary{delete}
2318 @item --delete
2319
2320 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on an archive on a
2321 tape! @xref{delete}.
2322
2323 @opsummary{diff}
2324 @item --diff
2325 @itemx -d
2326
2327 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2328
2329 @opsummary{extract}
2330 @item --extract
2331 @itemx -x
2332
2333 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2334
2335 @opsummary{get}
2336 @item --get
2337 @itemx -x
2338
2339 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2340
2341 @opsummary{list}
2342 @item --list
2343 @itemx -t
2344
2345 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2346
2347 @opsummary{update}
2348 @item --update
2349 @itemx -u
2350
2351 Adds files to the end of the archive, but only if they are newer than
2352 their counterparts already in the archive, or if they do not already
2353 exist in the archive. @xref{update}.
2354
2355 @end table
2356
2357 @node Option Summary
2358 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2359
2360 @table @option
2361
2362 @opsummary{absolute-names}
2363 @item --absolute-names
2364 @itemx -P
2365
2366 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2367 @samp{/} from member names, and when extracting from an archive @command{tar}
2368 treats names specially if they have initial @samp{/} or internal
2369 @samp{..}. This option disables that behavior. @xref{absolute}.
2370
2371 @opsummary{after-date}
2372 @item --after-date
2373
2374 (See @option{--newer}, @pxref{after})
2375
2376 @opsummary{anchored}
2377 @item --anchored
2378 A pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2379 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2380
2381 @opsummary{atime-preserve}
2382 @item --atime-preserve
2383 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
2384 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
2385
2386 Attempt to preserve the access time of files when reading them. This
2387 option currently is effective only on files that you own, unless you
2388 have superuser privileges.
2389
2390 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} remembers the access time of a file
2391 before reading it, and then restores the access time afterwards. This
2392 may cause problems if other programs are reading the file at the same
2393 time, as the times of their accesses will be lost. On most platforms
2394 restoring the access time also requires @command{tar} to restore the
2395 data modification time too, so this option may also cause problems if
2396 other programs are writing the file at the same time (@command{tar} attempts
2397 to detect this situation, but cannot do so reliably due to race
2398 conditions). Worse, on most platforms restoring the access time also
2399 updates the status change time, which means that this option is
2400 incompatible with incremental backups.
2401
2402 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing time stamps on files,
2403 without interfering with time stamp updates
2404 caused by other programs, so it works better with incremental backups.
2405 However, it requires a special @code{O_NOATIME} option from the
2406 underlying operating and file system implementation, and it also requires
2407 that searching directories does not update their access times. As of
2408 this writing (November 2005) this works only with Linux, and only with
2409 Linux kernels 2.6.8 and later. Worse, there is currently no reliable
2410 way to know whether this feature actually works. Sometimes
2411 @command{tar} knows that it does not work, and if you use
2412 @option{--atime-preserve=system} then @command{tar} complains and
2413 exits right away. But other times @command{tar} might think that the
2414 option works when it actually does not.
2415
2416 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
2417 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this may change in the future
2418 as support for @option{--atime-preserve=system} improves.
2419
2420 If your operating or file system does not support
2421 @option{--atime-preserve=@-system}, you might be able to preserve access
2422 times reliably by using the @command{mount} command. For example,
2423 you can mount the file system read-only, or access the file system via
2424 a read-only loopback mount, or use the @samp{noatime} mount option
2425 available on some systems. However, mounting typically requires
2426 superuser privileges and can be a pain to manage.
2427
2428 @opsummary{auto-compress}
2429 @item --auto-compress
2430 @itemx -a
2431
2432 During a @option{--create} operation, enables automatic compressed
2433 format recognition based on the archive suffix. The effect of this
2434 option is cancelled by @option{--no-auto-compress}. @xref{gzip}.
2435
2436 @opsummary{backup}
2437 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2438
2439 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2440 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2441 @var{backup-type}. @xref{backup}.
2442
2443 @opsummary{block-number}
2444 @item --block-number
2445 @itemx -R
2446
2447 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2448 with the block number in the archive file. @xref{block-number}.
2449
2450 @opsummary{blocking-factor}
2451 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2452 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2453
2454 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2455 record. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
2456
2457 @opsummary{bzip2}
2458 @item --bzip2
2459 @itemx -j
2460
2461 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2462 @code{bzip2}. @xref{gzip}.
2463
2464 @opsummary{check-device}
2465 @item --check-device
2466 Check device numbers when creating a list of modified files for
2467 incremental archiving. This is the default. @xref{device numbers},
2468 for a detailed description.
2469
2470 @opsummary{checkpoint}
2471 @item --checkpoint[=@var{number}]
2472
2473 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint
2474 messages as it reads through the archive. It is intended for when you
2475 want a visual indication that @command{tar} is still running, but
2476 don't want to see @option{--verbose} output. You can also instruct
2477 @command{tar} to execute a list of actions on each checkpoint, see
2478 @option{--checkpoint-action} below. For a detailed description, see
2479 @ref{checkpoints}.
2480
2481 @opsummary{checkpoint-action}
2482 @item --checkpoint-action=@var{action}
2483 Instruct @command{tar} to execute an action upon hitting a
2484 breakpoint. Here we give only a brief outline. @xref{checkpoints},
2485 for a complete description.
2486
2487 The @var{action} argument can be one of the following:
2488
2489 @table @asis
2490 @item bell
2491 Produce an audible bell on the console.
2492
2493 @item dot
2494 @itemx .
2495 Print a single dot on the standard listing stream.
2496
2497 @item echo
2498 Display a textual message on the standard error, with the status and
2499 number of the checkpoint. This is the default.
2500
2501 @item echo=@var{string}
2502 Display @var{string} on the standard error. Before output, the string
2503 is subject to meta-character expansion.
2504
2505 @item exec=@var{command}
2506 Execute the given @var{command}.
2507
2508 @item sleep=@var{time}
2509 Wait for @var{time} seconds.
2510
2511 @item ttyout=@var{string}
2512 Output @var{string} on the current console (@file{/dev/tty}).
2513 @end table
2514
2515 Several @option{--checkpoint-action} options can be specified. The
2516 supplied actions will be executed in order of their appearance in the
2517 command line.
2518
2519 Using @option{--checkpoint-action} without @option{--checkpoint}
2520 assumes default checkpoint frequency of one checkpoint per 10 records.
2521
2522 @opsummary{check-links}
2523 @item --check-links
2524 @itemx -l
2525 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2526 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2527 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2528 output @footnote{Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2529 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. The current semantics, which
2530 complies to UNIX98, was introduced with version
2531 1.15.91. @xref{Changes}, for more information.}.
2532
2533 @xref{hard links}.
2534
2535 @opsummary{compress}
2536 @opsummary{uncompress}
2537 @item --compress
2538 @itemx --uncompress
2539 @itemx -Z
2540
2541 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2542 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2543 while saving space. @xref{gzip}.
2544
2545 @opsummary{confirmation}
2546 @item --confirmation
2547
2548 (See @option{--interactive}.) @xref{interactive}.
2549
2550 @opsummary{delay-directory-restore}
2551 @item --delay-directory-restore
2552
2553 Delay setting modification times and permissions of extracted
2554 directories until the end of extraction. @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2555
2556 @opsummary{dereference}
2557 @item --dereference
2558 @itemx -h
2559
2560 When reading or writing a file to be archived, @command{tar} accesses
2561 the file that a symbolic link points to, rather than the symlink
2562 itself. @xref{dereference}.
2563
2564 @opsummary{directory}
2565 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2566 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2567
2568 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2569 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2570 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @xref{directory}.
2571
2572 @opsummary{exclude}
2573 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2574
2575 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2576 @var{pattern}. @xref{exclude}.
2577
2578 @opsummary{exclude-backups}
2579 @item --exclude-backups
2580 Exclude backup and lock files. @xref{exclude,, exclude-backups}.
2581
2582 @opsummary{exclude-from}
2583 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2584 @itemx -X @var{file}
2585
2586 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2587 patterns in the file @var{file}. @xref{exclude}.
2588
2589 @opsummary{exclude-caches}
2590 @item --exclude-caches
2591
2592 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2593 tag file, but still dump the directory node and the tag file itself.
2594
2595 @xref{exclude,, exclude-caches}.
2596
2597 @opsummary{exclude-caches-under}
2598 @item --exclude-caches-under
2599
2600 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2601 tag file, but still dump the directory node itself.
2602
2603 @xref{exclude}.
2604
2605 @opsummary{exclude-caches-all}
2606 @item --exclude-caches-all
2607
2608 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2609 tag file. @xref{exclude}.
2610
2611 @opsummary{exclude-tag}
2612 @item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
2613
2614 Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}, but
2615 dump the directory node and @var{file} itself. @xref{exclude,, exclude-tag}.
2616
2617 @opsummary{exclude-tag-under}
2618 @item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
2619
2620 Exclude from dump the contents of any directory containing file
2621 named @var{file}, but dump the directory node itself. @xref{exclude,,
2622 exclude-tag-under}.
2623
2624 @opsummary{exclude-tag-all}
2625 @item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
2626
2627 Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}.
2628 @xref{exclude,,exclude-tag-all}.
2629
2630 @opsummary{exclude-vcs}
2631 @item --exclude-vcs
2632
2633 Exclude from dump directories and files, that are internal for some
2634 widely used version control systems.
2635
2636 @xref{exclude,,exclude-vcs}.
2637
2638 @opsummary{file}
2639 @item --file=@var{archive}
2640 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2641
2642 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2643 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2644 default. @xref{file tutorial}.
2645
2646 @opsummary{files-from}
2647 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2648 @itemx -T @var{file}
2649
2650 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2651 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2652 command-line. @xref{files}.
2653
2654 @opsummary{force-local}
2655 @item --force-local
2656
2657 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the file name given to @option{--file}
2658 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2659 @xref{local and remote archives}.
2660
2661 @opsummary{format}
2662 @item --format=@var{format}
2663 @itemx -H @var{format}
2664
2665 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2666 following:
2667
2668 @table @samp
2669 @item v7
2670 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2671
2672 @item oldgnu
2673 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2674 1.12 or earlier.
2675
2676 @item gnu
2677 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2678 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2679 numeric fields.
2680
2681 @item ustar
2682 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2683
2684 @item posix
2685 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2686
2687 @end table
2688
2689 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2690
2691 @opsummary{full-time}
2692 @item --full-time
2693 This option instructs @command{tar} to print file times to their full
2694 resolution. Usually this means 1-second resolution, but that depends
2695 on the underlying file system. The @option{--full-time} option takes
2696 effect only when detailed output (verbosity level 2 or higher) has
2697 been requested using the @option{--verbose} option, e.g., when listing
2698 or extracting archives:
2699
2700 @smallexample
2701 $ @kbd{tar -t -v --full-time -f archive.tar}
2702 @end smallexample
2703
2704 @noindent
2705 or, when creating an archive:
2706
2707 @smallexample
2708 $ @kbd{tar -c -vv --full-time -f archive.tar .}
2709 @end smallexample
2710
2711 Notice, thar when creating the archive you need to specify
2712 @option{--verbose} twice to get a detailed output (@pxref{verbose
2713 tutorial}).
2714
2715 @opsummary{group}
2716 @item --group=@var{group}
2717
2718 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
2719 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} can specify a
2720 symbolic name, or a numeric @acronym{ID}, or both as
2721 @var{name}:@var{id}. @xref{override}.
2722
2723 Also see the comments for the @option{--owner=@var{user}} option.
2724
2725 @opsummary{gzip}
2726 @opsummary{gunzip}
2727 @opsummary{ungzip}
2728 @item --gzip
2729 @itemx --gunzip
2730 @itemx --ungzip
2731 @itemx -z
2732
2733 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2734 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2735 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @xref{gzip}.
2736
2737 @opsummary{hard-dereference}
2738 @item --hard-dereference
2739 When creating an archive, dereference hard links and store the files
2740 they refer to, instead of creating usual hard link members.
2741
2742 @xref{hard links}.
2743
2744 @opsummary{help}
2745 @item --help
2746 @itemx -?
2747
2748 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2749 options to @command{tar} and exit. @xref{help}.
2750
2751 @opsummary{ignore-case}
2752 @item --ignore-case
2753 Ignore case when matching member or file names with
2754 patterns. @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2755
2756 @opsummary{ignore-command-error}
2757 @item --ignore-command-error
2758 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2759
2760 @opsummary{ignore-failed-read}
2761 @item --ignore-failed-read
2762
2763 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2764 @xref{Ignore Failed Read}.
2765
2766 @opsummary{ignore-zeros}
2767 @item --ignore-zeros
2768 @itemx -i
2769
2770 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2771 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2772
2773 @opsummary{incremental}
2774 @item --incremental
2775 @itemx -G
2776
2777 Informs @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2778 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2779 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2780 for a detailed discussion of incremental archives.
2781
2782 @opsummary{index-file}
2783 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2784
2785 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2786
2787 @opsummary{info-script}
2788 @opsummary{new-volume-script}
2789 @item --info-script=@var{command}
2790 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
2791 @itemx -F @var{command}
2792
2793 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{command} is run
2794 at the end of each tape. If it exits with nonzero status,
2795 @command{tar} fails immediately. @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
2796 discussion of this feature.
2797
2798 @opsummary{interactive}
2799 @item --interactive
2800 @itemx --confirmation
2801 @itemx -w
2802
2803 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2804 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2805 @xref{interactive}.
2806
2807 @opsummary{--keep-directory-symlink}
2808 @item --keep-directory-symlink
2809
2810 This option changes the behavior of tar when it encounters a symlink
2811 with the same name as the directory that it is about to extract. By
2812 default, in this case tar would first remove the symlink and then
2813 proceed extracting the directory.
2814
2815 The @option{--keep-directory-symlink} option disables this behavior
2816 and instructs tar to follow symlinks to directories when extracting
2817 from the archive.
2818
2819 It is mainly intended to provide compatibility with the Slackware
2820 installation scripts.
2821
2822 @opsummary{keep-newer-files}
2823 @item --keep-newer-files
2824
2825 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2826 when extracting files from an archive.
2827
2828 @opsummary{keep-old-files}
2829 @item --keep-old-files
2830 @itemx -k
2831
2832 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an
2833 archive. Return error if such files exist. See also
2834 @ref{--skip-old-files}.
2835
2836 @xref{Keep Old Files}.
2837
2838 @opsummary{label}
2839 @item --label=@var{name}
2840 @itemx -V @var{name}
2841
2842 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2843 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2844 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2845 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @xref{Tape Files}.
2846
2847 @opsummary{level}
2848 @item --level=@var{n}
2849 Force incremental backup of level @var{n}. As of @GNUTAR version
2850 @value{VERSION}, the option @option{--level=0} truncates the snapshot
2851 file, thereby forcing the level 0 dump. Other values of @var{n} are
2852 effectively ignored. @xref{--level=0}, for details and examples.
2853
2854 The use of this option is valid only in conjunction with the
2855 @option{--listed-incremental} option. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2856 for a detailed description.
2857
2858 @opsummary{listed-incremental}
2859 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2860 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2861
2862 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2863 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2864 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2865 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2866 incremental format. @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
2867
2868 @opsummary{lzip}
2869 @item --lzip
2870
2871 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2872 @command{lzip}. @xref{gzip}.
2873
2874 @opsummary{lzma}
2875 @item --lzma
2876
2877 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2878 @command{lzma}. @xref{gzip}.
2879
2880 @item --lzop
2881
2882 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2883 @command{lzop}. @xref{gzip}.
2884
2885 @opsummary{mode}
2886 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2887
2888 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2889 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2890 from the files. @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
2891 number or as symbolic permissions, like with
2892 @command{chmod}. @xref{override}.
2893
2894 @opsummary{mtime}
2895 @item --mtime=@var{date}
2896
2897 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
2898 the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
2899 their actual modification times. The value of @var{date} can be
2900 either a textual date representation (@pxref{Date input formats}) or a
2901 name of the existing file, starting with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the
2902 latter case, the modification time of that file is used. @xref{override}.
2903
2904 @opsummary{multi-volume}
2905 @item --multi-volume
2906 @itemx -M
2907
2908 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2909 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
2910
2911 @opsummary{new-volume-script}
2912 @item --new-volume-script
2913
2914 (see @option{--info-script})
2915
2916 @opsummary{newer}
2917 @item --newer=@var{date}
2918 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2919 @itemx -N
2920
2921 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2922 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2923 is taken to be the name of a file whose data modification time specifies
2924 the date. @xref{after}.
2925
2926 @opsummary{newer-mtime}
2927 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2928
2929 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2930 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2931 also back up files for which any status information has
2932 changed). @xref{after}.
2933
2934 @opsummary{no-anchored}
2935 @item --no-anchored
2936 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2937 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2938
2939 @opsummary{no-auto-compress}
2940 @item --no-auto-compress
2941
2942 Disables automatic compressed format recognition based on the archive
2943 suffix. @xref{--auto-compress}. @xref{gzip}.
2944
2945 @opsummary{no-check-device}
2946 @item --no-check-device
2947 Do not check device numbers when creating a list of modified files
2948 for incremental archiving. @xref{device numbers}, for
2949 a detailed description.
2950
2951 @opsummary{no-delay-directory-restore}
2952 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
2953
2954 Modification times and permissions of extracted
2955 directories are set when all files from this directory have been
2956 extracted. This is the default.
2957 @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2958
2959 @opsummary{no-ignore-case}
2960 @item --no-ignore-case
2961 Use case-sensitive matching.
2962 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2963
2964 @opsummary{no-ignore-command-error}
2965 @item --no-ignore-command-error
2966 Print warnings about subprocesses that terminated with a nonzero exit
2967 code. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2968
2969 @opsummary{no-null}
2970 @item --no-null
2971
2972 If the @option{--null} option was given previously, this option
2973 cancels its effect, so that any following @option{--files-from}
2974 options will expect their file lists to be newline-terminated.
2975
2976 @opsummary{no-overwrite-dir}
2977 @item --no-overwrite-dir
2978
2979 Preserve metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2980 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2981
2982 @opsummary{no-quote-chars}
2983 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
2984 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
2985 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option
2986 (@pxref{quoting styles}).
2987
2988 @opsummary{no-recursion}
2989 @item --no-recursion
2990
2991 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2992 @xref{recurse}.
2993
2994 @opsummary{no-same-owner}
2995 @item --no-same-owner
2996 @itemx -o
2997
2998 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2999 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
3000 for ordinary users.
3001
3002 @opsummary{no-same-permissions}
3003 @item --no-same-permissions
3004
3005 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
3006 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
3007 for ordinary users.
3008
3009 @opsummary{no-seek}
3010 @item --no-seek
3011
3012 The archive media does not support seeks to arbitrary
3013 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
3014 the archive can be seeked or not. Use this option to disable this
3015 mechanism.
3016
3017 @opsummary{no-unquote}
3018 @item --no-unquote
3019 Treat all input file or member names literally, do not interpret
3020 escape sequences. @xref{input name quoting}.
3021
3022 @opsummary{no-wildcards}
3023 @item --no-wildcards
3024 Do not use wildcards.
3025 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3026
3027 @opsummary{no-wildcards-match-slash}
3028 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
3029 Wildcards do not match @samp{/}.
3030 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3031
3032 @opsummary{null}
3033 @item --null
3034
3035 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
3036 instructs @command{tar} to expect file names terminated with @acronym{NUL}, so
3037 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
3038 @xref{nul}.
3039
3040 @opsummary{numeric-owner}
3041 @item --numeric-owner
3042
3043 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
3044 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
3045 @xref{Attributes}.
3046
3047 @item -o
3048 The function of this option depends on the action @command{tar} is
3049 performing. When extracting files, @option{-o} is a synonym for
3050 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e., it prevents @command{tar} from
3051 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
3052
3053 When creating an archive, it is a synonym for
3054 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
3055 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
3056 removed in future releases.
3057
3058 @xref{Changes}, for more information.
3059
3060 @opsummary{occurrence}
3061 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
3062
3063 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
3064 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
3065 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
3066 line or via @option{-T} option.
3067
3068 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
3069 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
3070
3071 @smallexample
3072 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
3073 @end smallexample
3074
3075 @noindent
3076 will extract the first occurrence of the member @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
3077 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
3078
3079 @opsummary{old-archive}
3080 @item --old-archive
3081 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3082
3083 @opsummary{one-file-system}
3084 @item --one-file-system
3085 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
3086 directories that are on different file systems from the current
3087 directory.
3088
3089 @opsummary{overwrite}
3090 @item --overwrite
3091
3092 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
3093 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3094
3095 @opsummary{overwrite-dir}
3096 @item --overwrite-dir
3097
3098 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
3099 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3100
3101 @opsummary{owner}
3102 @item --owner=@var{user}
3103
3104 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
3105 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
3106 file. @var{user} can specify a symbolic name, or a numeric
3107 @acronym{ID}, or both as @var{name}:@var{id}.
3108 @xref{override}.
3109
3110 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
3111
3112 @opsummary{pax-option}
3113 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
3114 This option enables creation of the archive in @acronym{POSIX.1-2001}
3115 format (@pxref{posix}) and modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
3116 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
3117 list of keyword options. @xref{PAX keywords}, for a detailed
3118 discussion.
3119
3120 @opsummary{portability}
3121 @item --portability
3122 @itemx --old-archive
3123 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3124
3125 @opsummary{posix}
3126 @item --posix
3127 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
3128
3129 @opsummary{preserve}
3130 @item --preserve
3131
3132 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
3133 @option{--same-order}. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
3134
3135 @opsummary{preserve-order}
3136 @item --preserve-order
3137
3138 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
3139
3140 @opsummary{preserve-permissions}
3141 @opsummary{same-permissions}
3142 @item --preserve-permissions
3143 @itemx --same-permissions
3144 @itemx -p
3145
3146 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
3147 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
3148 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
3149 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
3150 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
3151
3152 @opsummary{quote-chars}
3153 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
3154 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
3155 quoting style would not quote them (@pxref{quoting styles}).
3156
3157 @opsummary{quoting-style}
3158 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
3159 Set quoting style to use when printing member and file names
3160 (@pxref{quoting styles}). Valid @var{style} values are:
3161 @code{literal}, @code{shell}, @code{shell-always}, @code{c},
3162 @code{escape}, @code{locale}, and @code{clocale}. Default quoting
3163 style is @code{escape}, unless overridden while configuring the
3164 package.
3165
3166 @opsummary{read-full-records}
3167 @item --read-full-records
3168 @itemx -B
3169
3170 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
3171 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
3172
3173 @opsummary{record-size}
3174 @item --record-size=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
3175
3176 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
3177 archive. The argument can be suffixed with a @dfn{size suffix}, e.g.
3178 @option{--record-size=10K} for 10 Kilobytes. @xref{size-suffixes},
3179 for a list of valid suffixes. @xref{Blocking Factor}, for a detailed
3180 description of this option.
3181
3182 @opsummary{recursion}
3183 @item --recursion
3184
3185 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories (default).
3186 @xref{recurse}.
3187
3188 @opsummary{recursive-unlink}
3189 @item --recursive-unlink
3190
3191 Remove existing
3192 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
3193 from the archive. @xref{Recursive Unlink}.
3194
3195 @opsummary{remove-files}
3196 @item --remove-files
3197
3198 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
3199 appending it to an archive. @xref{remove files}.
3200
3201 @opsummary{restrict}
3202 @item --restrict
3203
3204 Disable use of some potentially harmful @command{tar} options.
3205 Currently this option disables shell invocation from multi-volume menu
3206 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}).
3207
3208 @opsummary{rmt-command}
3209 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
3210
3211 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
3212 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
3213
3214 @opsummary{rsh-command}
3215 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
3216
3217 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
3218 devices. @xref{Device}.
3219
3220 @opsummary{same-order}
3221 @item --same-order
3222 @itemx --preserve-order
3223 @itemx -s
3224
3225 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
3226 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
3227 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
3228 archive. @xref{Reading}.
3229
3230 @opsummary{same-owner}
3231 @item --same-owner
3232
3233 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
3234 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
3235 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
3236 effect only for ordinary users. @xref{Attributes}.
3237
3238 @opsummary{same-permissions}
3239 @item --same-permissions
3240
3241 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Setting Access Permissions}.)
3242
3243 @opsummary{seek}
3244 @item --seek
3245 @itemx -n
3246
3247 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
3248 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
3249 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
3250 in cases when such recognition fails. It takes effect only if the
3251 archive is open for reading (e.g. with @option{--list} or
3252 @option{--extract} options).
3253
3254 @opsummary{show-defaults}
3255 @item --show-defaults
3256
3257 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
3258 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
3259 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
3260
3261 @smallexample
3262 $ @kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3263 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape
3264 --rmt-command=/usr/libexec/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3265 @end smallexample
3266
3267 @noindent
3268 Notice, that this option outputs only one line. The example output
3269 above has been split to fit page boundaries. @xref{defaults}.
3270
3271 @opsummary{show-omitted-dirs}
3272 @item --show-omitted-dirs
3273
3274 Instructs @command{tar} to mention the directories it is skipping when
3275 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @xref{show-omitted-dirs}.
3276
3277 @opsummary{show-snapshot-field-ranges}
3278 @item --show-snapshot-field-ranges
3279
3280 Displays the range of values allowed by this version of @command{tar}
3281 for each field in the snapshot file, then exits successfully.
3282 @xref{Snapshot Files}.
3283
3284 @opsummary{show-transformed-names}
3285 @opsummary{show-stored-names}
3286 @item --show-transformed-names
3287 @itemx --show-stored-names
3288
3289 Display file or member names after applying any transformations
3290 (@pxref{transform}). In particular, when used in conjunction with one of
3291 the archive creation operations it instructs @command{tar} to list the
3292 member names stored in the archive, as opposed to the actual file
3293 names. @xref{listing member and file names}.
3294
3295 @opsummary{skip-old-files}
3296 @item --skip-old-files
3297
3298 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an
3299 archive. @xref{Keep Old Files}.
3300
3301 This option differs from @option{--keep-old-files} in that it does not
3302 treat such files as an error, instead it just silently avoids
3303 overwriting them.
3304
3305 The @option{--warning=existing-file} option can be used together with
3306 this option to produce warning messages about existing old files
3307 (@pxref{warnings}).
3308
3309 @opsummary{sparse}
3310 @item --sparse
3311 @itemx -S
3312
3313 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
3314 sparse files efficiently. @xref{sparse}.
3315
3316 @opsummary{sparse-version}
3317 @item --sparse-version=@var{version}
3318
3319 Specifies the @dfn{format version} to use when archiving sparse
3320 files. Implies @option{--sparse}. @xref{sparse}. For the description
3321 of the supported sparse formats, @xref{Sparse Formats}.
3322
3323 @opsummary{starting-file}
3324 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
3325 @itemx -K @var{name}
3326
3327 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
3328 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
3329 @xref{Scarce}.
3330
3331 @opsummary{strip-components}
3332 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
3333 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
3334 extraction. For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
3335 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
3336
3337 @smallexample
3338 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
3339 @end smallexample
3340
3341 @noindent
3342 would extract this file to file @file{name}.
3343
3344 @opsummary{suffix}
3345 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
3346
3347 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
3348 @samp{~}. @xref{backup}.
3349
3350 @opsummary{tape-length}
3351 @item --tape-length=@var{num}[@var{suf}]
3352 @itemx -L @var{num}[@var{suf}]
3353
3354 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
3355 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. If optional @var{suf} is given, it
3356 specifies a multiplicative factor to be used instead of 1024. For
3357 example, @samp{-L2M} means 2 megabytes. @xref{size-suffixes}, for a
3358 list of allowed suffixes. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for a detailed
3359 discussion of this option.
3360
3361 @opsummary{test-label}
3362 @item --test-label
3363
3364 Reads the volume label. If an argument is specified, test whether it
3365 matches the volume label. @xref{--test-label option}.
3366
3367 @opsummary{to-command}
3368 @item --to-command=@var{command}
3369
3370 During extraction @command{tar} will pipe extracted files to the
3371 standard input of @var{command}. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
3372
3373 @opsummary{to-stdout}
3374 @item --to-stdout
3375 @itemx -O
3376
3377 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
3378 than to the file system. @xref{Writing to Standard Output}.
3379
3380 @opsummary{totals}
3381 @item --totals[=@var{signo}]
3382
3383 Displays the total number of bytes transferred when processing an
3384 archive. If an argument is given, these data are displayed on
3385 request, when signal @var{signo} is delivered to @command{tar}.
3386 @xref{totals}.
3387
3388 @opsummary{touch}
3389 @item --touch
3390 @itemx -m
3391
3392 Sets the data modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
3393 rather than the data modification time stored in the archive.
3394 @xref{Data Modification Times}.
3395
3396 @opsummary{transform}
3397 @opsummary{xform}
3398 @item --transform=@var{sed-expr}
3399 @itemx --xform=@var{sed-expr}
3400 Transform file or member names using @command{sed} replacement expression
3401 @var{sed-expr}. For example,
3402
3403 @smallexample
3404 $ @kbd{tar cf archive.tar --transform 's,^\./,usr/,' .}
3405 @end smallexample
3406
3407 @noindent
3408 will add to @file{archive} files from the current working directory,
3409 replacing initial @samp{./} prefix with @samp{usr/}. For the detailed
3410 discussion, @xref{transform}.
3411
3412 To see transformed member names in verbose listings, use
3413 @option{--show-transformed-names} option
3414 (@pxref{show-transformed-names}).
3415
3416 @opsummary{uncompress}
3417 @item --uncompress
3418
3419 (See @option{--compress}, @pxref{gzip})
3420
3421 @opsummary{ungzip}
3422 @item --ungzip
3423
3424 (See @option{--gzip}, @pxref{gzip})
3425
3426 @opsummary{unlink-first}
3427 @item --unlink-first
3428 @itemx -U
3429
3430 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
3431 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Unlink First}.
3432
3433 @opsummary{unquote}
3434 @item --unquote
3435 Enable unquoting input file or member names (default). @xref{input
3436 name quoting}.
3437
3438 @opsummary{use-compress-program}
3439 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
3440 @itemx -I=@var{prog}
3441
3442 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
3443 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @xref{gzip}.
3444
3445 @opsummary{utc}
3446 @item --utc
3447
3448 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
3449 @option{--verbose}.
3450
3451 @opsummary{verbose}
3452 @item --verbose
3453 @itemx -v
3454
3455 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the
3456 operations it is performing. This option can be specified multiple
3457 times for some operations to increase the amount of information displayed.
3458 @xref{verbose}.
3459
3460 @opsummary{verify}
3461 @item --verify
3462 @itemx -W
3463
3464 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
3465 archive. @xref{verify}.
3466
3467 @opsummary{version}
3468 @item --version
3469
3470 Print information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
3471 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
3472 @xref{help}.
3473
3474 @opsummary{volno-file}
3475 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
3476
3477 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will
3478 keep track of which volume of a multi-volume archive it is working in
3479 @var{file}. @xref{volno-file}.
3480
3481 @opsummary{warning}
3482 @item --warning=@var{keyword}
3483
3484 Enable or disable warning messages identified by @var{keyword}. The
3485 messages are suppressed if @var{keyword} is prefixed with @samp{no-}.
3486 @xref{warnings}.
3487
3488 @opsummary{wildcards}
3489 @item --wildcards
3490 Use wildcards when matching member names with patterns.
3491 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3492
3493 @opsummary{wildcards-match-slash}
3494 @item --wildcards-match-slash
3495 Wildcards match @samp{/}.
3496 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3497
3498 @opsummary{xz}
3499 @item --xz
3500 @itemx -J
3501 Use @command{xz} for compressing or decompressing the archives. @xref{gzip}.
3502
3503 @end table
3504
3505 @node Short Option Summary
3506 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3507
3508 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3509 them with the equivalent long option.
3510
3511 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.80
3512 @headitem Short Option @tab Reference
3513
3514 @item -A @tab @ref{--concatenate}.
3515
3516 @item -B @tab @ref{--read-full-records}.
3517
3518 @item -C @tab @ref{--directory}.
3519
3520 @item -F @tab @ref{--info-script}.
3521
3522 @item -G @tab @ref{--incremental}.
3523
3524 @item -J @tab @ref{--xz}.
3525
3526 @item -K @tab @ref{--starting-file}.
3527
3528 @item -L @tab @ref{--tape-length}.
3529
3530 @item -M @tab @ref{--multi-volume}.
3531
3532 @item -N @tab @ref{--newer}.
3533
3534 @item -O @tab @ref{--to-stdout}.
3535
3536 @item -P @tab @ref{--absolute-names}.
3537
3538 @item -R @tab @ref{--block-number}.
3539
3540 @item -S @tab @ref{--sparse}.
3541
3542 @item -T @tab @ref{--files-from}.
3543
3544 @item -U @tab @ref{--unlink-first}.
3545
3546 @item -V @tab @ref{--label}.
3547
3548 @item -W @tab @ref{--verify}.
3549
3550 @item -X @tab @ref{--exclude-from}.
3551
3552 @item -Z @tab @ref{--compress}.
3553
3554 @item -b @tab @ref{--blocking-factor}.
3555
3556 @item -c @tab @ref{--create}.
3557
3558 @item -d @tab @ref{--compare}.
3559
3560 @item -f @tab @ref{--file}.
3561
3562 @item -g @tab @ref{--listed-incremental}.
3563
3564 @item -h @tab @ref{--dereference}.
3565
3566 @item -i @tab @ref{--ignore-zeros}.
3567
3568 @item -j @tab @ref{--bzip2}.
3569
3570 @item -k @tab @ref{--keep-old-files}.
3571
3572 @item -l @tab @ref{--check-links}.
3573
3574 @item -m @tab @ref{--touch}.
3575
3576 @item -o @tab When creating, @ref{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3577 @ref{--portability}.
3578
3579 The latter usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3580 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In future releases
3581 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3582
3583 @item -p @tab @ref{--preserve-permissions}.
3584
3585 @item -r @tab @ref{--append}.
3586
3587 @item -s @tab @ref{--same-order}.
3588
3589 @item -t @tab @ref{--list}.
3590
3591 @item -u @tab @ref{--update}.
3592
3593 @item -v @tab @ref{--verbose}.
3594
3595 @item -w @tab @ref{--interactive}.
3596
3597 @item -x @tab @ref{--extract}.
3598
3599 @item -z @tab @ref{--gzip}.
3600
3601 @end multitable
3602
3603 @node help
3604 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3605
3606 @cindex Getting program version number
3607 @opindex version
3608 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3609 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3610 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @option{--version} option
3611 causes @command{tar} to print information about its name, version,
3612 origin and legal status, all on standard output, and then exit
3613 successfully. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might print:
3614
3615 @smallexample
3616 tar (GNU tar) @value{VERSION}
3617 Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3618 License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
3619 This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
3620 There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
3621
3622 Written by John Gilmore and Jay Fenlason.
3623 @end smallexample
3624
3625 @noindent
3626 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3627 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3628 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3629 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3630 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3631 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3632 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3633 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3634 @option{--version} would not output @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3635 paxutils) 3.2}}.}.
3636
3637 @cindex Obtaining help
3638 @cindex Listing all @command{tar} options
3639 @xopindex{help, introduction}
3640 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3641 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3642 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3643 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3644 @option{--help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3645 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3646 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3647 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3648 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3649 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3650
3651 @smallexample
3652 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3653 @end smallexample
3654
3655 @noindent
3656 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3657 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3658 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3659 @option{--help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3660
3661 @smallexample
3662 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3663 @end smallexample
3664
3665 @noindent
3666 for getting only the pertinent lines. Notice, however, that some
3667 @command{tar} options have long description lines and the above
3668 command will list only the first of them.
3669
3670 The exact look of the option summary displayed by @kbd{tar --help} is
3671 configurable. @xref{Configuring Help Summary}, for a detailed description.
3672
3673 @opindex usage
3674 If you only wish to check the spelling of an option, running @kbd{tar
3675 --usage} may be a better choice. This will display a terse list of
3676 @command{tar} options without accompanying explanations.
3677
3678 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3679 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3680 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3681 form. This manual is available in a variety of forms from
3682 @url{http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual}. It may be printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3683 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3684 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3685 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3686 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3687 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3688 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3689 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3690 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3691 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3692
3693 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3694 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3695 either it does not belong to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3696 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Some package maintainers convert
3697 @kbd{tar --help} output to a man page, using @command{help2man}. In
3698 any case, please bear in mind that the authoritative source of
3699 information about @GNUTAR{} is this Texinfo documentation.
3700
3701 @node defaults
3702 @section Obtaining @GNUTAR{} default values
3703
3704 @opindex show-defaults
3705 @GNUTAR{} has some predefined defaults that are used when you do not
3706 explicitly specify another values. To obtain a list of such
3707 defaults, use @option{--show-defaults} option. This will output the
3708 values in the form of @command{tar} command line options:
3709
3710 @smallexample
3711 @group
3712 $ @kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3713 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape
3714 --rmt-command=/etc/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3715 @end group
3716 @end smallexample
3717
3718 @noindent
3719 Notice, that this option outputs only one line. The example output above
3720 has been split to fit page boundaries.
3721
3722 @noindent
3723 The above output shows that this version of @GNUTAR{} defaults to
3724 using @samp{gnu} archive format (@pxref{Formats}), it uses standard
3725 output as the archive, if no @option{--file} option has been given
3726 (@pxref{file tutorial}), the default blocking factor is 20
3727 (@pxref{Blocking Factor}). It also shows the default locations where
3728 @command{tar} will look for @command{rmt} and @command{rsh} binaries.
3729
3730 @node verbose
3731 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3732
3733 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3734 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3735 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3736 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3737 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3738 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3739 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3740 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3741 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3742 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3743 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3744 helpful diagnostic tools.
3745
3746 @cindex Verbose operation
3747 @opindex verbose
3748 Normally, the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) command to list an archive
3749 prints just the file names (one per line) and the other commands are
3750 silent. When used with most operations, the @option{--verbose}
3751 (@option{-v}) option causes @command{tar} to print the name of each
3752 file or archive member as it is processed. This and the other options
3753 which make @command{tar} print status information can be useful in
3754 monitoring @command{tar}.
3755
3756 With @option{--create} or @option{--extract}, @option{--verbose} used
3757 once just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3758 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing
3759 (@xref{verbose member listing}, for the description) for each member.
3760 Since @option{--list} already prints the names of the members,
3761 @option{--verbose} used once with @option{--list} causes @command{tar}
3762 to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files in the archive.
3763 The following examples both extract members with long list output:
3764
3765 @smallexample
3766 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3767 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3768 @end smallexample
3769
3770 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3771 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3772 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cvf -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3773 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3774 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3775
3776 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3777 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3778 error.
3779
3780 @anchor{totals}
3781 @cindex Obtaining total status information
3782 @opindex totals
3783 The @option{--totals} option causes @command{tar} to print on the
3784 standard error the total amount of bytes transferred when processing
3785 an archive. When creating or appending to an archive, this option
3786 prints the number of bytes written to the archive and the average
3787 speed at which they have been written, e.g.:
3788
3789 @smallexample
3790 @group
3791 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --totals /home}
3792 Total bytes written: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 85MiB/s)
3793 @end group
3794 @end smallexample
3795
3796 When reading an archive, this option displays the number of bytes
3797 read:
3798
3799 @smallexample
3800 @group
3801 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar --totals}
3802 Total bytes read: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 95MiB/s)
3803 @end group
3804 @end smallexample
3805
3806 Finally, when deleting from an archive, the @option{--totals} option
3807 displays both numbers plus number of bytes removed from the archive:
3808
3809 @smallexample
3810 @group
3811 $ @kbd{tar --delete -f foo.tar --totals --wildcards '*~'}
3812 Total bytes read: 9543680 (9.2MiB, 201MiB/s)
3813 Total bytes written: 3829760 (3.7MiB, 81MiB/s)
3814 Total bytes deleted: 1474048
3815 @end group
3816 @end smallexample
3817
3818 You can also obtain this information on request. When
3819 @option{--totals} is used with an argument, this argument is
3820 interpreted as a symbolic name of a signal, upon delivery of which the
3821 statistics is to be printed:
3822
3823 @table @option
3824 @item --totals=@var{signo}
3825 Print statistics upon delivery of signal @var{signo}. Valid arguments
3826 are: @code{SIGHUP}, @code{SIGQUIT}, @code{SIGINT}, @code{SIGUSR1} and
3827 @code{SIGUSR2}. Shortened names without @samp{SIG} prefix are also
3828 accepted.
3829 @end table
3830
3831 Both forms of @option{--totals} option can be used simultaneously.
3832 Thus, @kbd{tar -x --totals --totals=USR1} instructs @command{tar} to
3833 extract all members from its default archive and print statistics
3834 after finishing the extraction, as well as when receiving signal
3835 @code{SIGUSR1}.
3836
3837 @anchor{Progress information}
3838 @cindex Progress information
3839 The @option{--checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3840 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. It is designed for
3841 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3842 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}), but do want visual confirmation
3843 that @command{tar} is actually making forward progress. By default it
3844 prints a message each 10 records read or written. This can be changed
3845 by giving it a numeric argument after an equal sign:
3846
3847 @smallexample
3848 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
3849 tar: Write checkpoint 1000
3850 tar: Write checkpoint 2000
3851 tar: Write checkpoint 3000
3852 @end smallexample
3853
3854 This example shows the default checkpoint message used by
3855 @command{tar}. If you place a dot immediately after the equal
3856 sign, it will print a @samp{.} at each checkpoint@footnote{This is
3857 actually a shortcut for @option{--checkpoint=@var{n}
3858 --checkpoint-action=dot}. @xref{checkpoints, dot}.}. For example:
3859
3860 @smallexample
3861 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=.1000} /var
3862 ...
3863 @end smallexample
3864
3865 The @option{--checkpoint} option provides a flexible mechanism for
3866 executing arbitrary actions upon hitting checkpoints, see the next
3867 section (@pxref{checkpoints}), for more information on it.
3868
3869 @opindex show-omitted-dirs
3870 @anchor{show-omitted-dirs}
3871 The @option{--show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3872 @option{--list} or @option{--extract}, for example---causes a message
3873 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3874 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3875 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3876 it might be excluded by the use of the
3877 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option, or some other reason.
3878
3879 @opindex block-number
3880 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3881 @anchor{block-number}
3882 If @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3883 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3884 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3885 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3886 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive is properly terminated
3887 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3888 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3889 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3890 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3891 archive from a pipe.
3892
3893 @cindex Error message, block number of
3894 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3895 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3896 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3897 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3898 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3899 front of the tape). @xref{backup}.
3900
3901 @node checkpoints
3902 @section Checkpoints
3903 @cindex checkpoints, defined
3904 @opindex checkpoint
3905 @opindex checkpoint-action
3906
3907 A @dfn{checkpoint} is a moment of time before writing @var{n}th record to
3908 the archive (a @dfn{write checkpoint}), or before reading @var{n}th record
3909 from the archive (a @dfn{read checkpoint}). Checkpoints allow to
3910 periodically execute arbitrary actions.
3911
3912 The checkpoint facility is enabled using the following option:
3913
3914 @table @option
3915 @xopindex{checkpoint, defined}
3916 @item --checkpoint[=@var{n}]
3917 Schedule checkpoints before writing or reading each @var{n}th record.
3918 The default value for @var{n} is 10.
3919 @end table
3920
3921 A list of arbitrary @dfn{actions} can be executed at each checkpoint.
3922 These actions include: pausing, displaying textual messages, and
3923 executing arbitrary external programs. Actions are defined using
3924 the @option{--checkpoint-action} option.
3925
3926 @table @option
3927 @xopindex{checkpoint-action, defined}
3928 @item --checkpoint-action=@var{action}
3929 Execute an @var{action} at each checkpoint.
3930 @end table
3931
3932 @cindex @code{echo}, checkpoint action
3933 The simplest value of @var{action} is @samp{echo}. It instructs
3934 @command{tar} to display the default message on the standard error
3935 stream upon arriving at each checkpoint. The default message is (in
3936 @acronym{POSIX} locale) @samp{Write checkpoint @var{n}}, for write
3937 checkpoints, and @samp{Read checkpoint @var{n}}, for read checkpoints.
3938 Here, @var{n} represents ordinal number of the checkpoint.
3939
3940 In another locales, translated versions of this message are used.
3941
3942 This is the default action, so running:
3943
3944 @smallexample
3945 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=echo} /var
3946 @end smallexample
3947
3948 @noindent
3949 is equivalent to:
3950
3951 @smallexample
3952 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
3953 @end smallexample
3954
3955 The @samp{echo} action also allows to supply a customized message.
3956 You do so by placing an equals sign and the message right after it,
3957 e.g.:
3958
3959 @smallexample
3960 --checkpoint-action="echo=Hit %s checkpoint #%u"
3961 @end smallexample
3962
3963 The @samp{%s} and @samp{%u} in the above example are
3964 @dfn{format specifiers}. The @samp{%s} specifier is replaced with
3965 the @dfn{type} of the checkpoint: @samp{write} or
3966 @samp{read} (or a corresponding translated version in locales other
3967 than @acronym{POSIX}). The @samp{%u} specifier is replaced with
3968 the ordinal number of the checkpoint. Thus, the above example could
3969 produce the following output when used with the @option{--create}
3970 option:
3971
3972 @smallexample
3973 tar: Hit write checkpoint #10
3974 tar: Hit write checkpoint #20
3975 tar: Hit write checkpoint #30
3976 @end smallexample
3977
3978 The complete list of available format specifiers follows:
3979
3980 @table @samp
3981 @item %s
3982 Print type of the checkpoint (@samp{write} or @samp{read}).
3983
3984 @item %u
3985 Print number of the checkpoint.
3986
3987 @item %T
3988 Print number of bytes transferred so far and approximate transfer
3989 speed. The number is preceded by @samp{W:}, when writing and by
3990 @samp{R:} when reading. If @command{tar} is performing delete
3991 operation (@pxref{delete}), three numbers are printed: number of bytes
3992 read, written and deleted, each of them prefixed by @samp{R:},
3993 @samp{W:} and @samp{D:} correspondingy. For example:
3994
3995 @example
3996 $ @kbd{tar --delete -f f.tar --checkpoint-action=echo="#%u: %T" main.c}
3997 tar: #1: R: 0 (0B, ?/s),W: 0 (0B, ?/s),D: 0
3998 tar: #2: R: 10240 (10KiB, 19MiB/s),W: 0 (0B, 0B/s),D: 10240
3999 @end example
4000
4001 @noindent
4002 See also the @samp{totals} action, described below.
4003
4004 @item %@{@var{fmt}@}t
4005 Output current local time using @var{fmt} as format for @command{strftime}
4006 (@pxref{strftime, strftime,,strftime(3), strftime(3) man page}). The
4007 @samp{@{@var{fmt}@}} part is optional. If not present, the default
4008 format is @samp{%c}, i.e. the preferred date and time representation
4009 for the current locale.
4010
4011 @item %@{@var{n}@}*
4012 Pad output with spaces to the @var{n}th column. If the
4013 @samp{@{@var{n}@}} part is omitted, the current screen width
4014 is assumed.
4015 @end table
4016
4017 Aside from format expansion, the message string is subject to
4018 @dfn{unquoting}, during which the backslash @dfn{escape sequences} are
4019 replaced with their corresponding @acronym{ASCII} characters
4020 (@pxref{escape sequences}). E.g. the following action will produce an
4021 audible bell and the message described above at each checkpoint:
4022
4023 @smallexample
4024 --checkpoint-action='echo=\aHit %s checkpoint #%u'
4025 @end smallexample
4026
4027 @cindex @code{bell}, checkpoint action
4028 There is also a special action which produces an audible signal:
4029 @samp{bell}. It is not equivalent to @samp{echo='\a'}, because
4030 @samp{bell} sends the bell directly to the console (@file{/dev/tty}),
4031 whereas @samp{echo='\a'} sends it to the standard error.
4032
4033 @cindex @code{ttyout}, checkpoint action
4034 The @samp{ttyout=@var{string}} action outputs @var{string} to
4035 @file{/dev/tty}, so it can be used even if the standard output is
4036 redirected elsewhere. The @var{string} is subject to the same
4037 modifications as with @samp{echo} action. In contrast to the latter,
4038 @samp{ttyout} does not prepend @command{tar} executable name to the
4039 string, nor does it output a newline after it. For example, the
4040 following action will print the checkpoint message at the same screen
4041 line, overwriting any previous message:
4042
4043 @smallexample
4044 --checkpoint-action="ttyout=Hit %s checkpoint #%u%*\r"
4045 @end smallexample
4046
4047 @noindent
4048 Notice the use of @samp{%*} specifier to clear out any eventual
4049 remains of the prior output line. As as more complex example,
4050 consider this:
4051
4052 @smallexample
4053 --checkpoint-action=ttyout='%@{%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S@}t (%d sec): #%u, %T%*\r'
4054 @end smallexample
4055
4056 @noindent
4057 This prints the current local time, number of seconds expired since
4058 tar was started, the checkpoint ordinal number, transferred bytes and
4059 average computed I/O speed.
4060
4061 @cindex @code{dot}, checkpoint action
4062 Another available checkpoint action is @samp{dot} (or @samp{.}). It
4063 instructs @command{tar} to print a single dot on the standard listing
4064 stream, e.g.:
4065
4066 @smallexample
4067 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=dot} /var
4068 ...
4069 @end smallexample
4070
4071 For compatibility with previous @GNUTAR{} versions, this action can
4072 be abbreviated by placing a dot in front of the checkpoint frequency,
4073 as shown in the previous section.
4074
4075 @cindex @code{totals}, checkpoint action
4076 The @samp{totals} action prints the total number of bytes transferred
4077 so far. The format of the data is the same as for the
4078 @option{--totals} option (@pxref{totals}). See also @samp{%T} format
4079 specifier of the @samp{echo} or @samp{ttyout} action.
4080
4081 @cindex @code{sleep}, checkpoint action
4082 Yet another action, @samp{sleep}, pauses @command{tar} for a specified
4083 amount of seconds. The following example will stop for 30 seconds at each
4084 checkpoint:
4085
4086 @smallexample
4087 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=sleep=30}
4088 @end smallexample
4089
4090 @anchor{checkpoint exec}
4091 @cindex @code{exec}, checkpoint action
4092 Finally, the @code{exec} action executes a given external command.
4093 For example:
4094
4095 @smallexample
4096 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=exec=/sbin/cpoint}
4097 @end smallexample
4098
4099 The supplied command can be any valid command invocation, with or
4100 without additional command line arguments. If it does contain
4101 arguments, don't forget to quote it to prevent it from being split by
4102 the shell. @xref{external, Running External Commands}, for more detail.
4103
4104 The command gets a copy of @command{tar}'s environment plus the
4105 following variables:
4106
4107 @table @env
4108 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, checkpoint script environment
4109 @item TAR_VERSION
4110 @GNUTAR{} version number.
4111
4112 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, checkpoint script environment
4113 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
4114 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
4115
4116 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, checkpoint script environment
4117 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
4118 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
4119
4120 @vrindex TAR_CHECKPOINT, checkpoint script environment
4121 @item TAR_CHECKPOINT
4122 Number of the checkpoint.
4123
4124 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, checkpoint script environment
4125 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
4126 A short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing.
4127 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
4128
4129 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, checkpoint script environment
4130 @item TAR_FORMAT
4131 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
4132 list of archive format names.
4133 @end table
4134
4135 These environment variables can also be passed as arguments to the
4136 command, provided that they are properly escaped, for example:
4137
4138 @smallexample
4139 @kbd{tar -c -f arc.tar \
4140 --checkpoint-action='exec=/sbin/cpoint $TAR_FILENAME'}
4141 @end smallexample
4142
4143 @noindent
4144 Notice single quotes to prevent variable names from being expanded by
4145 the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
4146
4147 Any number of actions can be defined, by supplying several
4148 @option{--checkpoint-action} options in the command line. For
4149 example, the command below displays two messages, pauses
4150 execution for 30 seconds and executes the @file{/sbin/cpoint} script:
4151
4152 @example
4153 @group
4154 $ @kbd{tar -c -f arc.tar \
4155 --checkpoint-action='\aecho=Hit %s checkpoint #%u' \
4156 --checkpoint-action='echo=Sleeping for 30 seconds' \
4157 --checkpoint-action='sleep=30' \
4158 --checkpoint-action='exec=/sbin/cpoint'}
4159 @end group
4160 @end example
4161
4162 This example also illustrates the fact that
4163 @option{--checkpoint-action} can be used without
4164 @option{--checkpoint}. In this case, the default checkpoint frequency
4165 (at each 10th record) is assumed.
4166
4167 @node warnings
4168 @section Controlling Warning Messages
4169
4170 Sometimes, while performing the requested task, @GNUTAR{} notices
4171 some conditions that are not exactly errors, but which the user
4172 should be aware of. When this happens, @command{tar} issues a
4173 @dfn{warning message} describing the condition. Warning messages
4174 are output to the standard error and they do not affect the exit
4175 code of @command{tar} command.
4176
4177 @xopindex{warning, explained}
4178 @GNUTAR{} allows the user to suppress some or all of its warning
4179 messages:
4180
4181 @table @option
4182 @item --warning=@var{keyword}
4183 Control display of the warning messages identified by @var{keyword}.
4184 If @var{keyword} starts with the prefix @samp{no-}, such messages are
4185 suppressed. Otherwise, they are enabled.
4186
4187 Multiple @option{--warning} messages accumulate.
4188
4189 The tables below list allowed values for @var{keyword} along with the
4190 warning messages they control.
4191 @end table
4192
4193 @subheading Keywords controlling @command{tar} operation
4194 @table @asis
4195 @kwindex all
4196 @item all
4197 Enable all warning messages. This is the default.
4198 @kwindex none
4199 @item none
4200 Disable all warning messages.
4201 @kwindex filename-with-nuls
4202 @cindex @samp{file name read contains nul character}, warning message
4203 @item filename-with-nuls
4204 @samp{%s: file name read contains nul character}
4205 @kwindex alone-zero-block
4206 @cindex @samp{A lone zero block at}, warning message
4207 @item alone-zero-block
4208 @samp{A lone zero block at %s}
4209 @end table
4210
4211 @subheading Keywords applicable for @command{tar --create}
4212 @table @asis
4213 @kwindex cachedir
4214 @cindex @samp{contains a cache directory tag}, warning message
4215 @item cachedir
4216 @samp{%s: contains a cache directory tag %s; %s}
4217 @kwindex file-shrank
4218 @cindex @samp{File shrank by %s bytes}, warning message
4219 @item file-shrank
4220 @samp{%s: File shrank by %s bytes; padding with zeros}
4221 @kwindex xdev
4222 @cindex @samp{file is on a different filesystem}, warning message
4223 @item xdev
4224 @samp{%s: file is on a different filesystem; not dumped}
4225 @kwindex file-ignored
4226 @cindex @samp{Unknown file type; file ignored}, warning message
4227 @cindex @samp{socket ignored}, warning message
4228 @cindex @samp{door ignored}, warning message
4229 @item file-ignored
4230 @samp{%s: Unknown file type; file ignored}
4231 @*@samp{%s: socket ignored}
4232 @*@samp{%s: door ignored}
4233 @kwindex file-unchanged
4234 @cindex @samp{file is unchanged; not dumped}, warning message
4235 @item file-unchanged
4236 @samp{%s: file is unchanged; not dumped}
4237 @kwindex ignore-archive
4238 @cindex @samp{file is the archive; not dumped}, warning message
4239 @kwindex ignore-archive
4240 @cindex @samp{file is the archive; not dumped}, warning message
4241 @item ignore-archive
4242 @samp{%s: file is the archive; not dumped}
4243 @kwindex file-removed
4244 @cindex @samp{File removed before we read it}, warning message
4245 @item file-removed
4246 @samp{%s: File removed before we read it}
4247 @kwindex file-changed
4248 @cindex @samp{file changed as we read it}, warning message
4249 @item file-changed
4250 @samp{%s: file changed as we read it}
4251 @end table
4252
4253 @subheading Keywords applicable for @command{tar --extract}
4254 @table @asis
4255 @kwindex timestamp
4256 @cindex @samp{implausibly old time stamp %s}, warning message
4257 @cindex @samp{time stamp %s is %s s in the future}, warning message
4258 @item timestamp
4259 @samp{%s: implausibly old time stamp %s}
4260 @*@samp{%s: time stamp %s is %s s in the future}
4261 @kwindex contiguous-cast
4262 @cindex @samp{Extracting contiguous files as regular files}, warning message
4263 @item contiguous-cast
4264 @samp{Extracting contiguous files as regular files}
4265 @kwindex symlink-cast
4266 @cindex @samp{Attempting extraction of symbolic links as hard links}, warning message
4267 @item symlink-cast
4268 @samp{Attempting extraction of symbolic links as hard links}
4269 @kwindex unknown-cast
4270 @cindex @samp{Unknown file type '%c', extracted as normal file}, warning message
4271 @item unknown-cast
4272 @samp{%s: Unknown file type '%c', extracted as normal file}
4273 @kwindex ignore-newer
4274 @cindex @samp{Current %s is newer or same age}, warning message
4275 @item ignore-newer
4276 @samp{Current %s is newer or same age}
4277 @kwindex unknown-keyword
4278 @cindex @samp{Ignoring unknown extended header keyword '%s'}, warning message
4279 @item unknown-keyword
4280 @samp{Ignoring unknown extended header keyword '%s'}
4281 @kwindex decompress-program
4282 @item decompress-program
4283 Controls verbose description of failures occurring when trying to run
4284 alternative decompressor programs (@pxref{alternative decompression
4285 programs}). This warning is disabled by default (unless
4286 @option{--verbose} is used). A common example of what you can get
4287 when using this warning is:
4288
4289 @smallexample
4290 $ @kbd{tar --warning=decompress-program -x -f archive.Z}
4291 tar (child): cannot run compress: No such file or directory
4292 tar (child): trying gzip
4293 @end smallexample
4294
4295 This means that @command{tar} first tried to decompress
4296 @file{archive.Z} using @command{compress}, and, when that
4297 failed, switched to @command{gzip}.
4298 @kwindex record-size
4299 @cindex @samp{Record size = %lu blocks}, warning message
4300 @item record-size
4301 @samp{Record size = %lu blocks}
4302 @end table
4303
4304 @subheading Keywords controlling incremental extraction:
4305 @table @asis
4306 @kwindex rename-directory
4307 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed from %s}, warning message
4308 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed}, warning message
4309 @item rename-directory
4310 @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed from %s}
4311 @*@samp{%s: Directory has been renamed}
4312 @kwindex new-directory
4313 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory is new}, warning message
4314 @item new-directory
4315 @samp{%s: Directory is new}
4316 @kwindex xdev
4317 @cindex @samp{%s: directory is on a different device: not purging}, warning message
4318 @item xdev
4319 @samp{%s: directory is on a different device: not purging}
4320 @kwindex bad-dumpdir
4321 @cindex @samp{Malformed dumpdir: 'X' never used}, warning message
4322 @item bad-dumpdir
4323 @samp{Malformed dumpdir: 'X' never used}
4324 @end table
4325
4326 @node interactive
4327 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
4328 @cindex Interactive operation
4329
4330 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
4331 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
4332 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
4333 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
4334 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
4335 an operation interactively, using the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option.
4336 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
4337
4338 @opindex interactive
4339 When the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option is specified, before
4340 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
4341 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
4342 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
4343 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
4344 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
4345 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
4346 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
4347 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
4348
4349 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
4350 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
4351 communications.
4352
4353 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
4354 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
4355 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
4356 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
4357 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
4358 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
4359 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
4360 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
4361 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
4362 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
4363 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
4364
4365 @node external
4366 @section Running External Commands
4367
4368 Certain @GNUTAR{} operations imply running external commands that you
4369 supply on the command line. One of such operations is checkpointing,
4370 described above (@pxref{checkpoint exec}). Another example of this
4371 feature is the @option{-I} option, which allows you to supply the
4372 program to use for compressing or decompressing the archive
4373 (@pxref{use-compress-program}).
4374
4375 Whenever such operation is requested, @command{tar} first splits the
4376 supplied command into words much like the shell does. It then treats
4377 the first word as the name of the program or the shell script to execute
4378 and the rest of words as its command line arguments. The program,
4379 unless given as an absolute file name, is searched in the shell's
4380 @env{PATH}.
4381
4382 Any additional information is normally supplied to external commands
4383 in environment variables, specific to each particular operation. For
4384 example, the @option{--checkpoint-action=exec} option, defines the
4385 @env{TAR_ARCHIVE} variable to the name of the archive being worked
4386 upon. You can, should the need be, use these variables in the
4387 command line of the external command. For example:
4388
4389 @smallexample
4390 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar \
4391 --checkpoint=exec='printf "%04d in %32s\r" $TAR_CHECKPOINT $TAR_ARCHIVE'}
4392 @end smallexample
4393
4394 @noindent
4395 This command prints for each checkpoint its number and the name of the
4396 archive, using the same output line on the screen.
4397
4398 Notice the use of single quotes to prevent variable names from being
4399 expanded by the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
4400
4401 @node operations
4402 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
4403
4404 @menu
4405 * Basic tar::
4406 * Advanced tar::
4407 * create options::
4408 * extract options::
4409 * backup::
4410 * Applications::
4411 * looking ahead::
4412 @end menu
4413
4414 @node Basic tar
4415 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
4416
4417 The basic @command{tar} operations, @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
4418 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) and @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
4419 @option{-x}), are currently presented and described in the tutorial
4420 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
4421 for these operations.
4422
4423 @table @option
4424 @xopindex{create, complementary notes}
4425 @item --create
4426 @itemx -c
4427
4428 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
4429 initialize an empty archive and later use @option{--append}
4430 (@option{-r}) for adding all members. Some applications would not
4431 welcome making an exception in the way of adding the first archive
4432 member. On the other hand, many people reported that it is
4433 dangerously too easy for @command{tar} to destroy a magnetic tape with
4434 an empty archive@footnote{This is well described in @cite{Unix-haters
4435 Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG
4436 Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most common errors are:
4437
4438 @enumerate
4439 @item
4440 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
4441 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
4442 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
4443 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
4444 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
4445 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
4446
4447 @item
4448 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
4449 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
4450 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
4451 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
4452 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
4453 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
4454 @end enumerate
4455
4456 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophic nature of these
4457 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
4458 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @option{--create} option is
4459 given, there are no arguments besides options, and
4460 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}) option is @emph{not} used. To get
4461 around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{} and nevertheless create an
4462 archive with nothing in it, one may still use, as the value for the
4463 @option{--files-from} option, a file with no names in it, as shown in
4464 the following commands:
4465
4466 @smallexample
4467 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
4468 @kbd{tar -cf empty-archive.tar -T /dev/null}
4469 @end smallexample
4470
4471 @xopindex{extract, complementary notes}
4472 @item --extract
4473 @itemx --get
4474 @itemx -x
4475
4476 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
4477
4478 @item @option{--list} (@option{-t})
4479
4480 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
4481 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. Preferably,
4482 people should get used to ISO 8601 dates. Local American dates should
4483 be made available again with full date localization support, once
4484 ready. In the meantime, programs not being localizable for dates
4485 should prefer international dates, that's really the way to go.
4486
4487 Look up @url{http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/@/~mgk25/@/iso-time.html} if you
4488 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
4489
4490 @end table
4491
4492 @node Advanced tar
4493 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
4494
4495 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
4496 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
4497
4498 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
4499 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
4500 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
4501 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
4502 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
4503 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
4504 error correction in special circumstances.
4505
4506 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
4507 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
4508
4509 @menu
4510 * Operations::
4511 * append::
4512 * update::
4513 * concatenate::
4514 * delete::
4515 * compare::
4516 @end menu
4517
4518 @node Operations
4519 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
4520
4521 @cindex basic operations
4522 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
4523 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
4524 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
4525 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
4526
4527 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
4528 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
4529 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
4530 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
4531 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
4532 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
4533 and the two archive files you created are
4534 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
4535
4536 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
4537 @samp{bfiles.tar}. The archive @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
4538 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}; @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
4539 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
4540
4541 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
4542 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
4543 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
4544 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
4545 where the last chapter left them.)
4546
4547 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
4548
4549 @table @option
4550 @item --append
4551 @itemx -r
4552 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
4553 @item --update
4554 @itemx -u
4555 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
4556 they exist.
4557 @item --concatenate
4558 @itemx --catenate
4559 @itemx -A
4560 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
4561 @item --delete
4562 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
4563 @item --compare
4564 @itemx --diff
4565 @itemx -d
4566 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
4567 @end table
4568
4569 @node append
4570 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
4571
4572 @cindex appending files to existing archive
4573 @opindex append
4574 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
4575 create a new archive; you can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}).
4576 The archive must already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A
4577 related operation is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this
4578 to add newer versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
4579 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
4580
4581 If you use @option{--append} to add a file that has the same name as an
4582 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
4583 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
4584 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
4585 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
4586 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
4587 view an archive with @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you will see all
4588 of those members listed, with their data modification times, owners, etc.
4589
4590 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
4591 prefer; if you were to use @option{--extract} to extract the archive,
4592 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as
4593 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
4594 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
4595 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
4596 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
4597 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
4598 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
4599 @option{--keep-old-files} (or @option{--skip-old-files}) option, or
4600 the disk copy is newer than the one in the archive and you invoke
4601 @command{tar} with @option{--keep-newer-files} option.}. Thus, only
4602 the most recently archived member will end up being extracted, as it
4603 will replace the one extracted before it, and so on.
4604
4605 @cindex extracting @var{n}th copy of the file
4606 @xopindex{occurrence, described}
4607 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
4608 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
4609 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
4610 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
4611 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
4612 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
4613 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
4614 the command
4615
4616 @smallexample
4617 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
4618 @end smallexample
4619
4620 @noindent
4621 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option
4622 Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @option{--occurrence}
4623 option.
4624
4625 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
4626 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
4627
4628 There are a few ways to get around this. Xref to Multiple Members
4629 with the Same Name, maybe.}
4630
4631 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
4632 @cindex Replacing members with other members
4633 @xopindex{delete, using before --append}
4634 If you want to replace an archive member, use @option{--delete} to
4635 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, and then use
4636 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
4637 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
4638 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
4639 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
4640 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
4641 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
4642
4643 @menu
4644 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
4645 * multiple::
4646 @end menu
4647
4648 @node appending files
4649 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
4650 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
4651 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
4652 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
4653 @opindex append
4654
4655 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
4656 @option{--append} (@option{-r}) operation, which writes specified
4657 files into the archive whether or not they are already among the
4658 archived files.
4659
4660 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
4661 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
4662 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
4663 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
4664 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
4665 command line. The @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option will print
4666 out the names of the files as they are written into the archive.
4667
4668 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
4669 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
4670 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
4671 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
4672
4673 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
4674 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
4675 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
4676 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
4677 @file{collection.tar}:
4678
4679 @smallexample
4680 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
4681 @end smallexample
4682
4683 @noindent
4684 If you now use the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) operation, you will see that
4685 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
4686
4687 @smallexample
4688 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4689 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4690 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4691 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4692 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4693 @end smallexample
4694
4695 @node multiple
4696 @subsubsection Multiple Members with the Same Name
4697 @cindex members, multiple
4698 @cindex multiple members
4699
4700 You can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) to add copies of files
4701 which have been updated since the archive was created. (However, we
4702 do not recommend doing this since there is another @command{tar}
4703 option called @option{--update}; @xref{update}, for more information.
4704 We describe this use of @option{--append} here for the sake of
4705 completeness.) When you extract the archive, the older version will
4706 be effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
4707 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
4708 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
4709 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the
4710 older version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete
4711 all versions of the file.
4712
4713 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
4714 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
4715 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
4716 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
4717 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
4718 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
4719 newer version when it is extracted.
4720
4721 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
4722 archive in this way:
4723
4724 @smallexample
4725 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
4726 blues
4727 @end smallexample
4728
4729 @noindent
4730 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
4731 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
4732 list the contents of the archive:
4733
4734 @smallexample
4735 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
4736 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4737 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4738 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4739 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4740 -rw-r--r-- me/user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
4741 @end smallexample
4742
4743 @noindent
4744 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
4745 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
4746 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
4747 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
4748 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
4749
4750 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
4751 from the archive, use @option{--occurrence} option, as shown in
4752 the following example:
4753
4754 @smallexample
4755 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
4756 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4757 @end smallexample
4758
4759 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @option{--extract} and
4760 see @ref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for a description of
4761 @option{--occurrence} option.
4762
4763 @node update
4764 @subsection Updating an Archive
4765 @cindex Updating an archive
4766 @opindex update
4767
4768 In the previous section, you learned how to use @option{--append} to
4769 add a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
4770 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). The @option{--update} operation
4771 updates a @command{tar} archive by comparing the date of the specified
4772 archive members against the date of the file with the same name. If
4773 the file has been modified more recently than the archive member, then
4774 the newer version of the file is added to the archive (as with
4775 @option{--append}).
4776
4777 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
4778 The operation will fail.
4779
4780 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
4781 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
4782
4783 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
4784 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
4785 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
4786 the @option{--backup} option. @xref{multiple}, for a detailed discussion.
4787
4788 @menu
4789 * how to update::
4790 @end menu
4791
4792 @node how to update
4793 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
4794 @opindex update
4795
4796 You must use file name arguments with the @option{--update}
4797 (@option{-u}) operation. If you don't specify any files,
4798 @command{tar} won't act on any files and won't tell you that it didn't
4799 do anything (which may end up confusing you).
4800
4801 @c note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
4802 @c behavior just confused the author. :-)
4803
4804 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
4805 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
4806 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
4807 the @samp{update} operation and the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v})
4808 option specified, using the names of all the files in the @file{practice}
4809 directory as file name arguments:
4810
4811 @smallexample
4812 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
4813 blues
4814 classical
4815 $
4816 @end smallexample
4817
4818 @noindent
4819 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
4820 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
4821 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
4822 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
4823 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
4824 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
4825 updating it.
4826
4827 The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
4828 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
4829 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
4830 information about tapes.
4831
4832 @option{--update} (@option{-u}) is not suitable for performing backups for two
4833 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
4834 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
4835 options intended specifically for backups are more
4836 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
4837
4838 @node concatenate
4839 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
4840
4841 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
4842 @cindex Concatenating Archives
4843 @opindex concatenate
4844 @opindex catenate
4845 @c @cindex @option{-A} described
4846 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
4847 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
4848 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
4849 @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate}, @option{-A}) operation.
4850
4851 To use @option{--concatenate}, give the first archive with
4852 @option{--file} option and name the rest of archives to be
4853 concatenated on the command line. The members, and their member
4854 names, will be copied verbatim from those archives to the first
4855 one@footnote{This can cause multiple members to have the same name. For
4856 information on how this affects reading the archive, see @ref{multiple}.}.
4857 The new, concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the
4858 one given with the @option{--file} option. As usual, if you omit
4859 @option{--file}, @command{tar} will use the value of the environment
4860 variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the default archive name.
4861
4862 @FIXME{There is no way to specify a new name...}
4863
4864 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
4865 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
4866 files from @file{practice}:
4867
4868 @smallexample
4869 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
4870 blues
4871 rock
4872 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
4873 folk
4874 jazz
4875 @end smallexample
4876
4877 @noindent
4878 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
4879 contain what they are supposed to:
4880
4881 @smallexample
4882 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
4883 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
4884 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
4885 $ @kbd{tar -tvf jazzfolk.tar}
4886 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4887 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
4888 @end smallexample
4889
4890 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
4891
4892 @smallexample
4893 $ @kbd{cd ..}
4894 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
4895 @end smallexample
4896
4897 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesrock.tar}, you will see
4898 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
4899
4900 @smallexample
4901 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
4902 blues
4903 rock
4904 folk
4905 jazz
4906 @end smallexample
4907
4908 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
4909 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
4910 parameters. Notice, that @command{tar} does not check whether the
4911 archives it concatenates have compatible formats, it does not
4912 even check if the files are really tar archives.
4913
4914 Like @option{--append} (@option{-r}), this operation cannot be performed on some
4915 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
4916
4917 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
4918 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
4919 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
4920 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
4921 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
4922
4923 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
4924 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
4925 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
4926 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
4927 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
4928 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
4929 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
4930 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
4931 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
4932 @command{cat} shell utility.
4933
4934 @node delete
4935 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
4936 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
4937 @cindex Removing files from an archive
4938
4939 @opindex delete
4940 You can remove members from an archive by using the @option{--delete}
4941 option. Specify the name of the archive with @option{--file}
4942 (@option{-f}) and then specify the names of the members to be deleted;
4943 if you list no member names, nothing will be deleted. The
4944 @option{--verbose} option will cause @command{tar} to print the names
4945 of the members as they are deleted. As with @option{--extract}, you
4946 must give the exact member names when using @samp{tar --delete}.
4947 @option{--delete} will remove all versions of the named file from the
4948 archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run very slowly.
4949
4950 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
4951
4952 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
4953 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
4954 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
4955 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
4956 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
4957 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
4958 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
4959 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
4960 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
4961 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
4962
4963 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
4964 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
4965 are in that directory, and then,
4966
4967 @smallexample
4968 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4969 blues
4970 folk
4971 jazz
4972 rock
4973 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
4974 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4975 folk
4976 jazz
4977 rock
4978 @end smallexample
4979
4980 @FIXME{Check if the above listing is actually produced after running
4981 all the examples on collection.tar.}
4982
4983 The @option{--delete} option has been reported to work properly when
4984 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
4985
4986 @node compare
4987 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
4988 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
4989
4990 @opindex compare
4991 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
4992 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
4993 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
4994 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
4995 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
4996 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
4997 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
4998
4999 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
5000 archive with a non-default record size.
5001
5002 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
5003 corresponding members in the archive.
5004
5005 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
5006 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
5007 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
5008 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
5009
5010 @smallexample
5011 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
5012 rock
5013 blues
5014 tar: funk not found in archive
5015 @end smallexample
5016
5017 The spirit behind the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
5018 @option{-d}) option is to check whether the archive represents the
5019 current state of files on disk, more than validating the integrity of
5020 the archive media. For this latter goal, see @ref{verify}.
5021
5022 @node create options
5023 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
5024
5025 @xopindex{create, additional options}
5026 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
5027 @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to create an archive from a set of files.
5028 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
5029 @option{--create}.
5030
5031 @menu
5032 * override:: Overriding File Metadata.
5033 * Ignore Failed Read::
5034 @end menu
5035
5036 @node override
5037 @subsection Overriding File Metadata
5038
5039 As described above, a @command{tar} archive keeps, for each member it contains,
5040 its @dfn{metadata}, such as modification time, mode and ownership of
5041 the file. @GNUTAR{} allows to replace these data with other values
5042 when adding files to the archive. The options described in this
5043 section affect creation of archives of any type. For POSIX archives,
5044 see also @ref{PAX keywords}, for additional ways of controlling
5045 metadata, stored in the archive.
5046
5047 @table @option
5048 @opindex mode
5049 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
5050
5051 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
5052 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
5053 from the files. @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
5054 number or as symbolic permissions, like with
5055 @command{chmod} (@xref{File permissions, Permissions, File
5056 permissions, fileutils, @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference
5057 also has useful information for those not being overly familiar with
5058 the UNIX permission system). Using latter syntax allows for
5059 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
5060 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
5061 or on any other file already marked as executable:
5062
5063 @smallexample
5064 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mode='a+rw' .}
5065 @end smallexample
5066
5067 @item --mtime=@var{date}
5068 @opindex mtime
5069
5070 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
5071 the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
5072 their actual modification times. The argument @var{date} can be
5073 either a textual date representation in almost arbitrary format
5074 (@pxref{Date input formats}) or a name of an existing file, starting
5075 with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the latter case, the modification time
5076 of that file will be used.
5077
5078 The following example will set the modification date to 00:00:00,
5079 January 1, 1970:
5080
5081 @smallexample
5082 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mtime='1970-01-01' .}
5083 @end smallexample
5084
5085 @noindent
5086 When used with @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{}
5087 will try to convert the specified date back to its textual
5088 representation and compare it with the one given with
5089 @option{--mtime} options. If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
5090 print a warning saying what date it will use. This is to help user
5091 ensure he is using the right date.
5092
5093 For example:
5094
5095 @smallexample
5096 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -v --mtime=yesterday .}
5097 tar: Option --mtime: Treating date 'yesterday' as 2006-06-20
5098 13:06:29.152478
5099 @dots{}
5100 @end smallexample
5101
5102 @item --owner=@var{user}
5103 @opindex owner
5104
5105 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
5106 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
5107 file.
5108
5109 If @var{user} contains a colon, it is taken to be of the form
5110 @var{name}:@var{id} where a nonempty @var{name} specifies the user
5111 name and a nonempty @var{id} specifies the decimal numeric user
5112 @acronym{ID}. If @var{user} does not contain a colon, it is taken to
5113 be a user number if it is one or more decimal digits; otherwise it is
5114 taken to be a user name.
5115
5116 If a name is given but no number, the number is inferred from the
5117 current host's user database if possible, and the file's user number
5118 is used otherwise. If a number is given but no name, the name is
5119 inferred from the number if possible, and an empty name is used
5120 otherwise. If both name and number are given, the user database is
5121 not consulted, and the name and number need not be valid on the
5122 current host.
5123
5124 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
5125 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
5126 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
5127 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous
5128 archives. For example:
5129
5130 @smallexample
5131 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=0 .}
5132 @end smallexample
5133
5134 @noindent
5135 or:
5136
5137 @smallexample
5138 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=root .}
5139 @end smallexample
5140
5141 @item --group=@var{group}
5142 @opindex group
5143
5144 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
5145 rather than the group from the source file. As with @option{--owner},
5146 the argument @var{group} can be an existing group symbolic name, or a
5147 decimal numeric group @acronym{ID}, or @var{name}:@var{id}.
5148 @end table
5149
5150 @node Ignore Failed Read
5151 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
5152
5153 @table @option
5154 @item --ignore-failed-read
5155 @opindex ignore-failed-read
5156 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
5157 @end table
5158
5159 @node extract options
5160 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
5161 @cindex options for use with @option{--extract}
5162
5163 @xopindex{extract, additional options}
5164 The previous chapter showed how to use @option{--extract} to extract
5165 an archive into the file system. Various options cause @command{tar} to
5166 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
5167 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
5168 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
5169 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
5170 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
5171 @option{--extract} operation.
5172
5173 @menu
5174 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
5175 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
5176 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
5177 @end menu
5178
5179 @node Reading
5180 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
5181 @cindex Options when reading archives
5182
5183 @cindex Reading incomplete records
5184 @cindex Records, incomplete
5185 @opindex read-full-records
5186 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
5187 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
5188 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
5189 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
5190 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
5191 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
5192 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option
5193 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} or @option{--list} operations.
5194 @xref{Blocking}.
5195
5196 The @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option is turned on by default when
5197 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
5198 machine. This is because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, attempting to read a
5199 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
5200 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
5201 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
5202
5203 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
5204 read the archive by specifying @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) and
5205 @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
5206 @var{512-size}}), using a blocking factor larger than what the archive
5207 uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
5208 of an archive. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
5209
5210 @menu
5211 * read full records::
5212 * Ignore Zeros::
5213 @end menu
5214
5215 @node read full records
5216 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
5217
5218 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
5219
5220 @table @option
5221 @opindex read-full-records
5222 @item --read-full-records
5223 @item -B
5224 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
5225 @option{-x}) to read an archive which contains incomplete records, or
5226 one which has a blocking factor less than the one specified.
5227 @end table
5228
5229 @node Ignore Zeros
5230 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
5231
5232 @cindex End-of-archive blocks, ignoring
5233 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive blocks
5234 @opindex ignore-zeros
5235 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
5236 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
5237 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) allows @command{tar} to
5238 completely read an archive which contains a block of zeros before the
5239 end (i.e., a damaged archive, or one that was created by concatenating
5240 several archives together).
5241
5242 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option is turned off by default because many
5243 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
5244 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
5245 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
5246 maintain compatibility among archiving utilities.
5247
5248 @table @option
5249 @item --ignore-zeros
5250 @itemx -i
5251 To ignore blocks of zeros (i.e., end-of-archive entries) which may be
5252 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
5253 @option{--extract} or @option{--list}.
5254 @end table
5255
5256 @node Writing
5257 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
5258 @UNREVISED
5259
5260 @FIXME{Introductory paragraph}
5261
5262 @menu
5263 * Dealing with Old Files::
5264 * Overwrite Old Files::
5265 * Keep Old Files::
5266 * Keep Newer Files::
5267 * Unlink First::
5268 * Recursive Unlink::
5269 * Data Modification Times::
5270 * Setting Access Permissions::
5271 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
5272 * Writing to Standard Output::
5273 * Writing to an External Program::
5274 * remove files::
5275 @end menu
5276
5277 @node Dealing with Old Files
5278 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
5279
5280 @xopindex{overwrite-dir, introduced}
5281 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
5282 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
5283 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
5284 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
5285 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
5286 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
5287 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
5288 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
5289 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
5290
5291 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
5292 @xopindex{keep-old-files, introduced}
5293 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
5294 the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) option. It causes
5295 @command{tar} to refuse to replace or update a file that already
5296 exists, i.e., a file with the same name as an archive member prevents
5297 extraction of that archive member. Instead, it reports an error. For
5298 example:
5299
5300 @example
5301 $ @kbd{ls}
5302 blues
5303 $ @kbd{tar -x -k -f archive.tar}
5304 tar: blues: Cannot open: File exists
5305 tar: Exiting with failure status due to previous errors
5306 @end example
5307
5308 @xopindex{skip-old-files, introduced}
5309 If you wish to preserve old files untouched, but don't want
5310 @command{tar} to treat them as errors, use the
5311 @option{--skip-old-files} option. This option causes @command{tar} to
5312 silently skip extracting over existing files.
5313
5314 @xopindex{overwrite, introduced}
5315 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
5316 @option{--overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
5317 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
5318
5319 @cindex Protecting old files
5320 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
5321 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
5322 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
5323 state of the file system when the archive was created. It is debatable
5324 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
5325 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
5326 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
5327 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
5328 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
5329 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
5330 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
5331 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
5332 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
5333 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
5334 example, but @emph{only if} @option{--recursive-unlink} is specified
5335 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
5336 removed.
5337
5338 @xopindex{unlink-first, introduced}
5339 Finally, the @option{--unlink-first} (@option{-U}) option can improve performance in
5340 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
5341 before extracting them.
5342
5343 @node Overwrite Old Files
5344 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
5345
5346 @table @option
5347 @opindex overwrite
5348 @item --overwrite
5349 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
5350 from an archive.
5351
5352 This causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
5353 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
5354 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
5355 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
5356 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
5357 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
5358 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
5359 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
5360 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
5361 they are in the way of extraction.
5362
5363 Be careful when using the @option{--overwrite} option, particularly when
5364 combined with the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option, as this combination
5365 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
5366 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
5367 are currently being executed.
5368
5369 @opindex overwrite-dir
5370 @item --overwrite-dir
5371 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
5372 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
5373 @end table
5374
5375 @node Keep Old Files
5376 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
5377
5378 @GNUTAR{} provides two options to control its actions in a situation
5379 when it is about to extract a file which already exists on disk.
5380
5381 @table @option
5382 @opindex keep-old-files
5383 @item --keep-old-files
5384 @itemx -k
5385 Do not replace existing files from archive. When such a file is
5386 encountered, @command{tar} issues an error message. Upon end of
5387 extraction, @command{tar} exits with code 2 (@pxref{exit status}).
5388
5389 @item --skip-old-files
5390 Do not replace existing files from archive, but do not treat that
5391 as error. Such files are silently skipped and do not affect
5392 @command{tar} exit status.
5393
5394 Additional verbosity can be obtained using @option{--warning=existing-file}
5395 together with that option (@pxref{warnings}).
5396 @end table
5397
5398 @node Keep Newer Files
5399 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
5400
5401 @table @option
5402 @opindex keep-newer-files
5403 @item --keep-newer-files
5404 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
5405 copies. This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
5406 @end table
5407
5408 @node Unlink First
5409 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
5410
5411 @table @option
5412 @opindex unlink-first
5413 @item --unlink-first
5414 @itemx -U
5415 Remove files before extracting over them.
5416 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
5417 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
5418 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
5419 @end table
5420
5421 @node Recursive Unlink
5422 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
5423
5424 @table @option
5425 @opindex recursive-unlink
5426 @item --recursive-unlink
5427 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
5428 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
5429 @end table
5430
5431 If you specify the @option{--recursive-unlink} option,
5432 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
5433 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
5434 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
5435
5436 @node Data Modification Times
5437 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Data Modification Times
5438
5439 @cindex Data modification times of extracted files
5440 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
5441 Normally, @command{tar} sets the data modification times of extracted
5442 files to the corresponding times recorded for the files in the archive, but
5443 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
5444 setting.
5445
5446 To set the data modification times of extracted files to the time when
5447 the files were extracted, use the @option{--touch} (@option{-m}) option in
5448 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5449
5450 @table @option
5451 @opindex touch
5452 @item --touch
5453 @itemx -m
5454 Sets the data modification time of extracted archive members to the time
5455 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
5456 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5457 @end table
5458
5459 @node Setting Access Permissions
5460 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
5461
5462 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
5463 @cindex Modes of extracted files
5464 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
5465 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
5466 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
5467 @option{-x}) operation.
5468
5469 @table @option
5470 @opindex preserve-permissions
5471 @opindex same-permissions
5472 @item --preserve-permissions
5473 @itemx --same-permissions
5474 @c @itemx --ignore-umask
5475 @itemx -p
5476 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
5477 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
5478 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5479 @end table
5480
5481 @node Directory Modification Times and Permissions
5482 @unnumberedsubsubsec Directory Modification Times and Permissions
5483
5484 After successfully extracting a file member, @GNUTAR{} normally
5485 restores its permissions and modification times, as described in the
5486 previous sections. This cannot be done for directories, because
5487 after extracting a directory @command{tar} will almost certainly
5488 extract files into that directory and this will cause the directory
5489 modification time to be updated. Moreover, restoring that directory
5490 permissions may not permit file creation within it. Thus, restoring
5491 directory permissions and modification times must be delayed at least
5492 until all files have been extracted into that directory. @GNUTAR{}
5493 restores directories using the following approach.
5494
5495 The extracted directories are created with the mode specified in the
5496 archive, as modified by the umask of the user, which gives sufficient
5497 permissions to allow file creation. The meta-information about the
5498 directory is recorded in the temporary list of directories. When
5499 preparing to extract next archive member, @GNUTAR{} checks if the
5500 directory prefix of this file contains the remembered directory. If
5501 it does not, the program assumes that all files have been extracted
5502 into that directory, restores its modification time and permissions
5503 and removes its entry from the internal list. This approach allows
5504 to correctly restore directory meta-information in the majority of
5505 cases, while keeping memory requirements sufficiently small. It is
5506 based on the fact, that most @command{tar} archives use the predefined
5507 order of members: first the directory, then all the files and
5508 subdirectories in that directory.
5509
5510 However, this is not always true. The most important exception are
5511 incremental archives (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}). The member order in
5512 an incremental archive is reversed: first all directory members are
5513 stored, followed by other (non-directory) members. So, when extracting
5514 from incremental archives, @GNUTAR{} alters the above procedure. It
5515 remembers all restored directories, and restores their meta-data
5516 only after the entire archive has been processed. Notice, that you do
5517 not need to specify any special options for that, as @GNUTAR{}
5518 automatically detects archives in incremental format.
5519
5520 There may be cases, when such processing is required for normal archives
5521 too. Consider the following example:
5522
5523 @smallexample
5524 @group
5525 $ @kbd{tar --no-recursion -cvf archive \
5526 foo foo/file1 bar bar/file foo/file2}
5527 foo/
5528 foo/file1
5529 bar/
5530 bar/file
5531 foo/file2
5532 @end group
5533 @end smallexample
5534
5535 During the normal operation, after encountering @file{bar}
5536 @GNUTAR{} will assume that all files from the directory @file{foo}
5537 were already extracted and will therefore restore its timestamp and
5538 permission bits. However, after extracting @file{foo/file2} the
5539 directory timestamp will be offset again.
5540
5541 To correctly restore directory meta-information in such cases, use
5542 the @option{--delay-directory-restore} command line option:
5543
5544 @table @option
5545 @opindex delay-directory-restore
5546 @item --delay-directory-restore
5547 Delays restoring of the modification times and permissions of extracted
5548 directories until the end of extraction. This way, correct
5549 meta-information is restored even if the archive has unusual member
5550 ordering.
5551
5552 @opindex no-delay-directory-restore
5553 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
5554 Cancel the effect of the previous @option{--delay-directory-restore}.
5555 Use this option if you have used @option{--delay-directory-restore} in
5556 @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to
5557 temporarily disable it.
5558 @end table
5559
5560 @node Writing to Standard Output
5561 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
5562
5563 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
5564 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
5565 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
5566 creating the files on the file system, use @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) in
5567 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). This option is useful if you are
5568 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
5569 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
5570 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
5571 found in the archive.
5572
5573 @table @option
5574 @opindex to-stdout
5575 @item --to-stdout
5576 @itemx -O
5577 Writes files to the standard output. Use only in conjunction with
5578 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). When this option is
5579 used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
5580 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
5581 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
5582 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @option{--list}
5583 (@option{-t}).
5584 @end table
5585
5586 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
5587 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
5588 it. You can use a command like this:
5589
5590 @smallexample
5591 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
5592 @end smallexample
5593
5594 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
5595
5596 @smallexample
5597 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
5598 @end smallexample
5599
5600 However, @option{--to-command} may be more convenient for use with
5601 multiple files. See the next section.
5602
5603 @node Writing to an External Program
5604 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to an External Program
5605
5606 You can instruct @command{tar} to send the contents of each extracted
5607 file to the standard input of an external program:
5608
5609 @table @option
5610 @opindex to-command
5611 @item --to-command=@var{command}
5612 Extract files and pipe their contents to the standard input of
5613 @var{command}. When this option is used, instead of creating the
5614 files specified, @command{tar} invokes @var{command} and pipes the
5615 contents of the files to its standard output. The @var{command} may
5616 contain command line arguments (see @ref{external, Running External Commands},
5617 for more detail).
5618
5619 Notice, that @var{command} is executed once for each regular file
5620 extracted. Non-regular files (directories, etc.) are ignored when this
5621 option is used.
5622 @end table
5623
5624 The command can obtain the information about the file it processes
5625 from the following environment variables:
5626
5627 @table @env
5628 @vrindex TAR_FILETYPE, to-command environment
5629 @item TAR_FILETYPE
5630 Type of the file. It is a single letter with the following meaning:
5631
5632 @multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.90
5633 @item f @tab Regular file
5634 @item d @tab Directory
5635 @item l @tab Symbolic link
5636 @item h @tab Hard link
5637 @item b @tab Block device
5638 @item c @tab Character device
5639 @end multitable
5640
5641 Currently only regular files are supported.
5642
5643 @vrindex TAR_MODE, to-command environment
5644 @item TAR_MODE
5645 File mode, an octal number.
5646
5647 @vrindex TAR_FILENAME, to-command environment
5648 @item TAR_FILENAME
5649 The name of the file.
5650
5651 @vrindex TAR_REALNAME, to-command environment
5652 @item TAR_REALNAME
5653 Name of the file as stored in the archive.
5654
5655 @vrindex TAR_UNAME, to-command environment
5656 @item TAR_UNAME
5657 Name of the file owner.
5658
5659 @vrindex TAR_GNAME, to-command environment
5660 @item TAR_GNAME
5661 Name of the file owner group.
5662
5663 @vrindex TAR_ATIME, to-command environment
5664 @item TAR_ATIME
5665 Time of last access. It is a decimal number, representing seconds
5666 since the Epoch. If the archive provides times with nanosecond
5667 precision, the nanoseconds are appended to the timestamp after a
5668 decimal point.
5669
5670 @vrindex TAR_MTIME, to-command environment
5671 @item TAR_MTIME
5672 Time of last modification.
5673
5674 @vrindex TAR_CTIME, to-command environment
5675 @item TAR_CTIME
5676 Time of last status change.
5677
5678 @vrindex TAR_SIZE, to-command environment
5679 @item TAR_SIZE
5680 Size of the file.
5681
5682 @vrindex TAR_UID, to-command environment
5683 @item TAR_UID
5684 UID of the file owner.
5685
5686 @vrindex TAR_GID, to-command environment
5687 @item TAR_GID
5688 GID of the file owner.
5689 @end table
5690
5691 Additionally, the following variables contain information about
5692 tar mode and the archive being processed:
5693
5694 @table @env
5695 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, to-command environment
5696 @item TAR_VERSION
5697 @GNUTAR{} version number.
5698
5699 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, to-command environment
5700 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
5701 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
5702
5703 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, to-command environment
5704 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
5705 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
5706
5707 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, to-command environment
5708 @item TAR_VOLUME
5709 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is processing.
5710
5711 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, to-command environment
5712 @item TAR_FORMAT
5713 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
5714 list of archive format names.
5715 @end table
5716
5717 These variables are defined prior to executing the command, so you can
5718 pass them as arguments, if you prefer. For example, if the command
5719 @var{proc} takes the member name and size as its arguments, then you
5720 could do:
5721
5722 @smallexample
5723 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar \
5724 --to-command='proc $TAR_FILENAME $TAR_SIZE'}
5725 @end smallexample
5726
5727 @noindent
5728 Notice single quotes to prevent variable names from being expanded by
5729 the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
5730
5731 If @var{command} exits with a non-0 status, @command{tar} will print
5732 an error message similar to the following:
5733
5734 @smallexample
5735 tar: 2345: Child returned status 1
5736 @end smallexample
5737
5738 Here, @samp{2345} is the PID of the finished process.
5739
5740 If this behavior is not wanted, use @option{--ignore-command-error}:
5741
5742 @table @option
5743 @opindex ignore-command-error
5744 @item --ignore-command-error
5745 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. Notice that if the program
5746 exits on signal or otherwise terminates abnormally, the error message
5747 will be printed even if this option is used.
5748
5749 @opindex no-ignore-command-error
5750 @item --no-ignore-command-error
5751 Cancel the effect of any previous @option{--ignore-command-error}
5752 option. This option is useful if you have set
5753 @option{--ignore-command-error} in @env{TAR_OPTIONS}
5754 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to temporarily cancel it.
5755 @end table
5756
5757 @node remove files
5758 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
5759
5760 @FIXME{The section is too terse. Something more to add? An example,
5761 maybe?}
5762
5763 @table @option
5764 @opindex remove-files
5765 @item --remove-files
5766 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
5767 @end table
5768
5769 @node Scarce
5770 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
5771 @UNREVISED
5772
5773 @cindex Small memory
5774 @cindex Running out of space
5775
5776 @menu
5777 * Starting File::
5778 * Same Order::
5779 @end menu
5780
5781 @node Starting File
5782 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
5783
5784 @table @option
5785 @opindex starting-file
5786 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
5787 @itemx -K @var{name}
5788 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
5789 with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}) or @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
5790 @end table
5791
5792 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
5793 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
5794 space, you can use @option{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@option{-K
5795 @var{name}}) to start extracting only after member @var{name} of the
5796 archive. This assumes, of course, that there is now free space, or
5797 that you are now extracting into a different file system. (You could
5798 also choose to suspend @command{tar}, remove unnecessary files from
5799 the file system, and then resume the same @command{tar} operation.
5800 In this case, @option{--starting-file} is not necessary.) See also
5801 @ref{interactive}, and @ref{exclude}.
5802
5803 @node Same Order
5804 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
5805
5806 @table @option
5807 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
5808 @opindex same-order
5809 @opindex preserve-order
5810 @item --same-order
5811 @itemx --preserve-order
5812 @itemx -s
5813 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
5814 memory. Use in conjunction with @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
5815 @option{-d}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or @option{--extract}
5816 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5817 @end table
5818
5819 The @option{--same-order} (@option{--preserve-order}, @option{-s}) option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
5820 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
5821 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
5822 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
5823 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
5824 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
5825
5826 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
5827
5828 @node backup
5829 @section Backup options
5830
5831 @cindex backup options
5832
5833 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
5834 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
5835 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
5836 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
5837 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
5838 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
5839
5840 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
5841 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
5842 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
5843 as having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
5844 @FIXME{This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
5845 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.}
5846 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
5847 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
5848 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
5849 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
5850
5851 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
5852 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
5853 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
5854 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
5855 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
5856 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
5857 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
5858 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
5859 refers to a remote file.
5860
5861 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
5862 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
5863 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
5864 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
5865 file are kept.
5866
5867 @table @samp
5868 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
5869 @opindex backup
5870 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
5871 @cindex backups
5872 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
5873 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
5874
5875 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
5876 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
5877 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
5878 use the @samp{existing} method.
5879
5880 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
5881 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
5882 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
5883 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
5884
5885 @table @samp
5886 @item t
5887 @itemx numbered
5888 @cindex numbered @r{backup method}
5889 Always make numbered backups.
5890
5891 @item nil
5892 @itemx existing
5893 @cindex existing @r{backup method}
5894 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
5895 of the others.
5896
5897 @item never
5898 @itemx simple
5899 @cindex simple @r{backup method}
5900 Always make simple backups.
5901
5902 @end table
5903
5904 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
5905 @opindex suffix
5906 @cindex backup suffix
5907 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
5908 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
5909 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
5910 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
5911 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
5912
5913 @end table
5914
5915 @node Applications
5916 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
5917 @UNREVISED
5918
5919 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
5920 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
5921 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
5922
5923 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
5924
5925 @findex uuencode
5926 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
5927 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
5928 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
5929 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
5930 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
5931 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
5932 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
5933 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
5934
5935 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
5936 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
5937 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
5938 medium is a @dfn{pipe}:
5939
5940 @smallexample
5941 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5942 @end smallexample
5943
5944 @noindent
5945 You can avoid subshells by using @option{-C} option:
5946
5947 @smallexample
5948 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xf -}
5949 @end smallexample
5950
5951 @noindent
5952 The command also works using long option forms:
5953
5954 @smallexample
5955 @group
5956 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . ) \
5957 | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}
5958 @end group
5959 @end smallexample
5960
5961 @noindent
5962 or
5963
5964 @smallexample
5965 @group
5966 $ @kbd{tar --directory sourcedir --create --file=- . \
5967 | tar --directory targetdir --extract --file=-}
5968 @end group
5969 @end smallexample
5970
5971 @noindent
5972 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
5973
5974 @node looking ahead
5975 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
5976
5977 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
5978 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
5979 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
5980 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
5981 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
5982 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
5983 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
5984 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
5985 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
5986 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
5987
5988 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
5989 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
5990 @xref{files}.
5991
5992 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
5993 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
5994
5995 @node Backups
5996 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
5997 @cindex backups
5998
5999 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts for performing backups
6000 and restores. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be
6001 satisfying to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
6002 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
6003 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
6004
6005 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
6006 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
6007 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
6008 This is free software, and it is available from @uref{http://www.amanda.org}.
6009
6010 @FIXME{
6011
6012 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
6013 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
6014 distribution.
6015
6016 @itemize @bullet
6017 @item dumps
6018 @itemize @minus
6019 @item what are dumps
6020 @item different levels of dumps
6021 @itemize +
6022 @item full dump = dump everything
6023 @item level 1, level 2 dumps etc
6024 A level @var{n} dump dumps everything changed since the last level
6025 @var{n}-1 dump (?)
6026 @end itemize
6027 @item how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
6028 @itemize +
6029 @item scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
6030 @end itemize
6031 @item Backup Specs, what is it.
6032 @itemize +
6033 @item how to customize
6034 @item actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
6035 @end itemize
6036 @item Problems
6037 @itemize +
6038 @item rsh doesn't work
6039 @item rtape isn't installed
6040 @item (others?)
6041 @end itemize
6042 @item the @option{--incremental} option of tar
6043 @item tapes
6044 @itemize +
6045 @item write protection
6046 @item types of media, different sizes and types, useful for different things
6047 @item files and tape marks
6048 one tape mark between files, two at end.
6049 @item positioning the tape
6050 MT writes two at end of write,
6051 backspaces over one when writing again.
6052 @end itemize
6053 @end itemize
6054 @end itemize
6055 }
6056
6057 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
6058 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
6059
6060 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
6061 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
6062 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
6063 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
6064 called @dfn{dumps}.
6065
6066 @menu
6067 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
6068 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
6069 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
6070 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
6071 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
6072 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
6073 @end menu
6074
6075 @node Full Dumps
6076 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
6077 @UNREVISED
6078
6079 @cindex full dumps
6080 @cindex dumps, full
6081
6082 @cindex corrupted archives
6083 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
6084 are modifying files in the file system. If files are modified while
6085 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
6086 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
6087 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
6088 not corrupt the entire archive.)
6089
6090 You will want to use the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}}
6091 (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option to give the archive a
6092 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
6093 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
6094
6095 Unless the file system you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
6096 one volume, you will need to use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option.
6097 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
6098
6099 If you want to dump each file system separately you will need to use
6100 the @option{--one-file-system} option to prevent
6101 @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when storing
6102 (sub)directories.
6103
6104 The @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) (@pxref{Incremental Dumps})
6105 option is not needed, since this is a complete copy of everything in
6106 the file system, and a full restore from this backup would only be
6107 done onto a completely
6108 empty disk.
6109
6110 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
6111 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W})
6112 option, to make sure your files really made it onto the dump properly.
6113 This will also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just
6114 after) it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes)
6115 are capable of being verified, unfortunately.
6116
6117 @node Incremental Dumps
6118 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
6119
6120 @dfn{Incremental backup} is a special form of @GNUTAR{} archive that
6121 stores additional metadata so that exact state of the file system
6122 can be restored when extracting the archive.
6123
6124 @GNUTAR{} currently offers two options for handling incremental
6125 backups: @option{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@option{-g
6126 @var{snapshot-file}}) and @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}).
6127
6128 @xopindex{listed-incremental, described}
6129 The option @option{--listed-incremental} instructs tar to operate on
6130 an incremental archive with additional metadata stored in a standalone
6131 file, called a @dfn{snapshot file}. The purpose of this file is to help
6132 determine which files have been changed, added or deleted since the
6133 last backup, so that the next incremental backup will contain only
6134 modified files. The name of the snapshot file is given as an argument
6135 to the option:
6136
6137 @table @option
6138 @item --listed-incremental=@var{file}
6139 @itemx -g @var{file}
6140 Handle incremental backups with snapshot data in @var{file}.
6141 @end table
6142
6143 To create an incremental backup, you would use
6144 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--create}
6145 (@pxref{create}). For example:
6146
6147 @smallexample
6148 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6149 --file=archive.1.tar \
6150 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
6151 /usr}
6152 @end smallexample
6153
6154 This will create in @file{archive.1.tar} an incremental backup of
6155 the @file{/usr} file system, storing additional metadata in the file
6156 @file{/var/log/usr.snar}. If this file does not exist, it will be
6157 created. The created archive will then be a @dfn{level 0 backup};
6158 please see the next section for more on backup levels.
6159
6160 Otherwise, if the file @file{/var/log/usr.snar} exists, it
6161 determines which files are modified. In this case only these files will be
6162 stored in the archive. Suppose, for example, that after running the
6163 above command, you delete file @file{/usr/doc/old} and create
6164 directory @file{/usr/local/db} with the following contents:
6165
6166 @smallexample
6167 $ @kbd{ls /usr/local/db}
6168 /usr/local/db/data
6169 /usr/local/db/index
6170 @end smallexample
6171
6172 Some time later you create another incremental backup. You will
6173 then see:
6174
6175 @smallexample
6176 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6177 --file=archive.2.tar \
6178 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
6179 /usr}
6180 tar: usr/local/db: Directory is new
6181 usr/local/db/
6182 usr/local/db/data
6183 usr/local/db/index
6184 @end smallexample
6185
6186 @noindent
6187 The created archive @file{archive.2.tar} will contain only these
6188 three members. This archive is called a @dfn{level 1 backup}. Notice
6189 that @file{/var/log/usr.snar} will be updated with the new data, so if
6190 you plan to create more @samp{level 1} backups, it is necessary to
6191 create a working copy of the snapshot file before running
6192 @command{tar}. The above example will then be modified as follows:
6193
6194 @smallexample
6195 $ @kbd{cp /var/log/usr.snar /var/log/usr.snar-1}
6196 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6197 --file=archive.2.tar \
6198 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-1 \
6199 /usr}
6200 @end smallexample
6201
6202 @anchor{--level=0}
6203 @xopindex{level, described}
6204 You can force @samp{level 0} backups either by removing the snapshot
6205 file before running @command{tar}, or by supplying the
6206 @option{--level=0} option, e.g.:
6207
6208 @smallexample
6209 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6210 --file=archive.2.tar \
6211 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-0 \
6212 --level=0 \
6213 /usr}
6214 @end smallexample
6215
6216 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
6217 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.,
6218 with the @option{--atime-preserve=replace} option), or if you set the clock
6219 backwards.
6220
6221 @anchor{device numbers}
6222 @cindex Device numbers, using in incremental backups
6223 Metadata stored in snapshot files include device numbers, which,
6224 obviously are supposed to be non-volatile values. However, it turns
6225 out that @acronym{NFS} devices have undependable values when an automounter
6226 gets in the picture. This can lead to a great deal of spurious
6227 redumping in incremental dumps, so it is somewhat useless to compare
6228 two @acronym{NFS} devices numbers over time. The solution implemented
6229 currently is to consider all @acronym{NFS} devices as being equal
6230 when it comes to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but
6231 there does not seem to be a better way to go.
6232
6233 Apart from using @acronym{NFS}, there are a number of cases where
6234 relying on device numbers can cause spurious redumping of unmodified
6235 files. For example, this occurs when archiving @acronym{LVM} snapshot
6236 volumes. To avoid this, use @option{--no-check-device} option:
6237
6238 @table @option
6239 @xopindex{no-check-device, described}
6240 @item --no-check-device
6241 Do not rely on device numbers when preparing a list of changed files
6242 for an incremental dump.
6243
6244 @xopindex{check-device, described}
6245 @item --check-device
6246 Use device numbers when preparing a list of changed files
6247 for an incremental dump. This is the default behavior. The purpose
6248 of this option is to undo the effect of the @option{--no-check-device}
6249 if it was given in @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable
6250 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}).
6251 @end table
6252
6253 There is also another way to cope with changing device numbers. It is
6254 described in detail in @ref{Fixing Snapshot Files}.
6255
6256 Note that incremental archives use @command{tar} extensions and may
6257 not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the @command{tar} program.
6258
6259 @xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--extract}}
6260 @xopindex{extract, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
6261 To extract from the incremental dumps, use
6262 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--extract}
6263 option (@pxref{extracting files}). In this case, @command{tar} does
6264 not need to access snapshot file, since all the data necessary for
6265 extraction are stored in the archive itself. So, when extracting, you
6266 can give whatever argument to @option{--listed-incremental}, the usual
6267 practice is to use @option{--listed-incremental=/dev/null}.
6268 Alternatively, you can use @option{--incremental}, which needs no
6269 arguments. In general, @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) can be
6270 used as a shortcut for @option{--listed-incremental} when listing or
6271 extracting incremental backups (for more information regarding this
6272 option, @pxref{incremental-op}).
6273
6274 When extracting from the incremental backup @GNUTAR{} attempts to
6275 restore the exact state the file system had when the archive was
6276 created. In particular, it will @emph{delete} those files in the file
6277 system that did not exist in their directories when the archive was
6278 created. If you have created several levels of incremental files,
6279 then in order to restore the exact contents the file system had when
6280 the last level was created, you will need to restore from all backups
6281 in turn. Continuing our example, to restore the state of @file{/usr}
6282 file system, one would do@footnote{Notice, that since both archives
6283 were created without @option{-P} option (@pxref{absolute}), these
6284 commands should be run from the root file system.}:
6285
6286 @smallexample
6287 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
6288 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
6289 --file archive.1.tar}
6290 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
6291 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
6292 --file archive.2.tar}
6293 @end smallexample
6294
6295 To list the contents of an incremental archive, use @option{--list}
6296 (@pxref{list}), as usual. To obtain more information about the
6297 archive, use @option{--listed-incremental} or @option{--incremental}
6298 combined with two @option{--verbose} options@footnote{Two
6299 @option{--verbose} options were selected to avoid breaking usual
6300 verbose listing output (@option{--list --verbose}) when using in
6301 scripts.
6302
6303 @xopindex{incremental, using with @option{--list}}
6304 @xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--list}}
6305 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--incremental}}
6306 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
6307 Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1 used to dump verbatim binary
6308 contents of the DUMPDIR header (with terminating nulls) when
6309 @option{--incremental} or @option{--listed-incremental} option was
6310 given, no matter what the verbosity level. This behavior, and,
6311 especially, the binary output it produced were considered inconvenient
6312 and were changed in version 1.16.}:
6313
6314 @smallexample
6315 @kbd{tar --list --incremental --verbose --verbose archive.tar}
6316 @end smallexample
6317
6318 This command will print, for each directory in the archive, the list
6319 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
6320 information is put out in a format which is both human-readable and
6321 unambiguous for a program: each file name is printed as
6322
6323 @smallexample
6324 @var{x} @var{file}
6325 @end smallexample
6326
6327 @noindent
6328 where @var{x} is a letter describing the status of the file: @samp{Y}
6329 if the file is present in the archive, @samp{N} if the file is not
6330 included in the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is a directory (and
6331 is included in the archive). @xref{Dumpdir}, for the detailed
6332 description of dumpdirs and status codes. Each such
6333 line is terminated by a newline character. The last line is followed
6334 by an additional newline to indicate the end of the data.
6335
6336 @anchor{incremental-op}The option @option{--incremental} (@option{-G})
6337 gives the same behavior as @option{--listed-incremental} when used
6338 with @option{--list} and @option{--extract} options. When used with
6339 @option{--create} option, it creates an incremental archive without
6340 creating snapshot file. Thus, it is impossible to create several
6341 levels of incremental backups with @option{--incremental} option.
6342
6343 @node Backup Levels
6344 @section Levels of Backups
6345
6346 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
6347 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
6348 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
6349 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
6350 are daily re-archived.
6351
6352 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
6353 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
6354 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
6355 dump.
6356
6357 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
6358 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
6359 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
6360 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
6361 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
6362 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
6363 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
6364 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble.)
6365
6366 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
6367 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
6368 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
6369 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
6370 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
6371
6372 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
6373 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
6374 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
6375 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @xref{Backup Parameters}, for its
6376 detailed description. Once the backup parameters are set, you can
6377 perform backups or restoration by running the appropriate script.
6378
6379 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
6380 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
6381 their use in detail.
6382
6383 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
6384 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
6385 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
6386 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
6387 it is easier to use the scripts. @xref{Incremental Dumps}, before
6388 making such an attempt.
6389
6390 @node Backup Parameters
6391 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
6392
6393 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
6394 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
6395 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
6396 before using these scripts.
6397
6398 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
6399 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
6400 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
6401 functions within that script (e.g., see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
6402 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
6403 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
6404 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
6405 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
6406
6407 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
6408 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
6409
6410 @menu
6411 * General-Purpose Variables::
6412 * Magnetic Tape Control::
6413 * User Hooks::
6414 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
6415 @end menu
6416
6417 @node General-Purpose Variables
6418 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
6419
6420 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
6421 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
6422 sends a backup report to this address.
6423 @end defvr
6424
6425 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
6426 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
6427 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
6428 or the string @samp{now}.
6429
6430 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
6431 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
6432 @end defvr
6433
6434 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
6435
6436 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. If @var{TAPE_FILE}
6437 is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
6438 that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices. If @var{RSH}
6439 (@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
6440 invocations of @command{mt}.
6441 @end defvr
6442
6443 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
6444
6445 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
6446 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
6447 @end defvr
6448
6449 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
6450
6451 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
6452 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
6453 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
6454 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
6455 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
6456
6457 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
6458 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
6459 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
6460 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
6461 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
6462 machine where the scripts are run (i.e., what @command{pwd} will print
6463 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
6464 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
6465 host as long as it can access the file system through @acronym{NFS}.
6466
6467 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
6468 in a separate file. This file is usually named
6469 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
6470 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
6471 @end defvr
6472
6473 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
6474
6475 The name of the file that contains a list of file systems to backup
6476 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
6477 @end defvr
6478
6479 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
6480
6481 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
6482 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
6483 which the backup script is run.
6484
6485 If the list of individual files is very long you may wish to store it
6486 in a separate file. This file is usually named
6487 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
6488 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
6489 @end defvr
6490
6491 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
6492
6493 The name of the file that contains a list of individual files to backup
6494 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
6495 @end defvr
6496
6497 @defvr {Backup variable} MT
6498
6499 Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
6500 @end defvr
6501
6502 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
6503 @anchor{RSH}
6504 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
6505 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
6506 to use public key authentication.
6507 @end defvr
6508
6509 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
6510
6511 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote machines. This will
6512 be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
6513 of @GNUTAR{}.
6514 @end defvr
6515
6516 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
6517
6518 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
6519 by all the machines which have file systems to be dumped.
6520 @end defvr
6521
6522 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
6523
6524 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
6525 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
6526 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
6527 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
6528 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
6529 (e.g., @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
6530
6531 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
6532 @end defvr
6533
6534 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
6535
6536 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive file systems
6537
6538 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
6539 @end defvr
6540
6541 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
6542
6543 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
6544 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
6545 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in
6546 prompt, and will expect confirmation from the console. For the
6547 description of the default prompt, see @ref{change volume prompt}.
6548
6549 @end defvr
6550
6551 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
6552
6553 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
6554 this will just be some literal text.
6555 @end defvr
6556
6557 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
6558
6559 Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
6560 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
6561 @end defvr
6562
6563 @node Magnetic Tape Control
6564 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
6565
6566 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
6567 These functions take a single argument --- the name of the tape
6568 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
6569
6570 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
6571 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
6572 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
6573
6574 @smallexample
6575 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
6576
6577 mt_begin() @{
6578 mt -f "$1" retension
6579 @}
6580 @end smallexample
6581 @end defvr
6582
6583 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
6584 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
6585 follows:
6586
6587 @smallexample
6588 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
6589
6590 mt_rewind() @{
6591 mt -f "$1" rewind
6592 @}
6593 @end smallexample
6594
6595 @end defvr
6596
6597 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
6598 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
6599 it is defined as follows:
6600
6601 @smallexample
6602 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
6603
6604 mt_offline() @{
6605 mt -f "$1" offl
6606 @}
6607 @end smallexample
6608 @end defvr
6609
6610 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
6611 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
6612 including error count. Default definition:
6613
6614 @smallexample
6615 MT_STATUS=mt_status
6616
6617 mt_status() @{
6618 mt -f "$1" status
6619 @}
6620 @end smallexample
6621 @end defvr
6622
6623 @node User Hooks
6624 @subsection User Hooks
6625
6626 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
6627 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
6628 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
6629 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
6630 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
6631 taking four arguments:
6632
6633 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
6634 Its arguments are:
6635
6636 @table @var
6637 @item level
6638 Current backup or restore level.
6639
6640 @item host
6641 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
6642
6643 @item fs
6644 Full file name of the file system being dumped or restored.
6645
6646 @item fsname
6647 File system name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
6648 is useful, e.g., for creating unique files.
6649 @end table
6650 @end deffn
6651
6652 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions:
6653
6654 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
6655 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the file system.
6656 @end defvr
6657
6658 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
6659 Executed after dumping the file system.
6660 @end defvr
6661
6662 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
6663 Executed before restoring the file system.
6664 @end defvr
6665
6666 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
6667 Executed after restoring the file system.
6668 @end defvr
6669
6670 @node backup-specs example
6671 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
6672
6673 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
6674
6675 @smallexample
6676 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
6677
6678 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
6679 BACKUP_HOUR=1
6680 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
6681
6682 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
6683 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
6684 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
6685
6686 # Override MT_STATUS function:
6687 my_status() @{
6688 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
6689 @}
6690 MT_STATUS=my_status
6691
6692 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
6693 MT_OFFLINE=:
6694
6695 BLOCKING=124
6696 BACKUP_DIRS="
6697 albert:/fs/fsf
6698 apple-gunkies:/gd
6699 albert:/fs/gd2
6700 albert:/fs/gp
6701 geech:/usr/jla
6702 churchy:/usr/roland
6703 albert:/
6704 albert:/usr
6705 apple-gunkies:/
6706 apple-gunkies:/usr
6707 gnu:/hack
6708 gnu:/u
6709 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
6710 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
6711
6712 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
6713
6714 @end smallexample
6715
6716 @node Scripted Backups
6717 @section Using the Backup Scripts
6718
6719 The syntax for running a backup script is:
6720
6721 @smallexample
6722 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
6723 @end smallexample
6724
6725 The @option{--level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
6726 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
6727 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is
6728 @code{0})@footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
6729 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
6730 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
6731 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
6732 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
6733 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
6734 create a level one dump.}.
6735
6736 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
6737 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
6738
6739 @table @asis
6740 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
6741
6742 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
6743
6744 @item @var{hh}
6745
6746 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours.
6747
6748 @item now
6749
6750 The dump must be run immediately.
6751 @end table
6752
6753 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
6754 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
6755 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
6756 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
6757 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
6758 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
6759 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
6760 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
6761 Restoration}).
6762
6763 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
6764 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
6765 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
6766 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
6767 them. @xref{Snapshot Files}, for a more detailed explanation of this
6768 file.
6769
6770 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
6771 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
6772 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
6773 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
6774 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
6775 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
6776 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
6777
6778 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
6779 standard output.
6780
6781 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
6782 script:
6783
6784 @table @option
6785 @item -l @var{level}
6786 @itemx --level=@var{level}
6787 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
6788
6789 @item -f
6790 @itemx --force
6791 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
6792
6793 @item -v[@var{level}]
6794 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
6795 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
6796 information will be output during execution. Default @var{level}
6797 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
6798
6799 @item -t @var{start-time}
6800 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
6801 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
6802
6803 @item -h
6804 @itemx --help
6805 Display short help message and exit.
6806
6807 @item -V
6808 @itemx --version
6809 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
6810 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
6811 @end table
6812
6813
6814 @node Scripted Restoration
6815 @section Using the Restore Script
6816
6817 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
6818 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
6819 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
6820 then restore all the file systems and files specified in
6821 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
6822
6823 You may select the file systems (and/or files) to restore by
6824 giving @code{restore} a list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
6825 line. For example, running
6826
6827 @smallexample
6828 restore 'albert:*'
6829 @end smallexample
6830
6831 @noindent
6832 will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
6833 complicated example:
6834
6835 @smallexample
6836 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
6837 @end smallexample
6838
6839 @noindent
6840 This command will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}
6841 as well as @file{/var} file system on all machines.
6842
6843 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
6844 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
6845 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
6846 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
6847 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
6848 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
6849
6850 @smallexample
6851 restore --level=1
6852 @end smallexample
6853
6854 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
6855
6856 @table @option
6857 @item -a
6858 @itemx --all
6859 Restore all file systems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}.
6860
6861 @item -l @var{level}
6862 @itemx --level=@var{level}
6863 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
6864
6865 @item -v[@var{level}]
6866 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
6867 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
6868 information will be output during execution. Default @var{level}
6869 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
6870
6871 @item -h
6872 @itemx --help
6873 Display short help message and exit.
6874
6875 @item -V
6876 @itemx --version
6877 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
6878 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
6879 @end table
6880
6881 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
6882 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
6883 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
6884 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
6885 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
6886 the tape as needed. @xref{Tape Positioning}, for a discussion of tape
6887 positioning.
6888
6889 @quotation
6890 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
6891 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
6892 @end quotation
6893
6894 @xref{Incremental Dumps}, for an explanation of how the script makes
6895 that determination.
6896
6897 @node Choosing
6898 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
6899
6900 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
6901 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
6902 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
6903 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
6904 are in specified directories.
6905
6906 This chapter discusses these options in detail.
6907
6908 @menu
6909 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
6910 * Selecting Archive Members::
6911 * files:: Reading Names from a File
6912 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
6913 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
6914 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
6915 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
6916 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
6917 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
6918 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
6919 @end menu
6920
6921 @node file
6922 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
6923
6924 @cindex Naming an archive
6925 @cindex Archive Name
6926 @cindex Choosing an archive file
6927 @cindex Where is the archive?
6928 @opindex file
6929 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
6930 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
6931 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
6932 on the system may not have set the default to a meaningful value as far as
6933 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
6934 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The
6935 @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}})
6936 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
6937 instead of the default archive file location.
6938
6939 @table @option
6940 @xopindex{file, short description}
6941 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
6942 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
6943 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
6944 any operation.
6945 @end table
6946
6947 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
6948
6949 @smallexample
6950 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
6951 @end smallexample
6952
6953 @noindent
6954 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
6955 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
6956 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
6957 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
6958 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
6959 for the archive name.
6960
6961 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
6962 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
6963 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
6964
6965 @cindex Writing new archives
6966 @cindex Archive creation
6967 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
6968 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
6969 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
6970 name, usually that for tape unit zero (i.e., @file{/dev/tu00}).
6971
6972 @cindex Standard input and output
6973 @cindex tar to standard input and output
6974 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
6975 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
6976 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
6977 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
6978 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
6979 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
6980
6981 The following example is a convenient way of copying directory
6982 hierarchy from @file{sourcedir} to @file{targetdir}.
6983
6984 @smallexample
6985 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xpf -)}
6986 @end smallexample
6987
6988 The @option{-C} option allows to avoid using subshells:
6989
6990 @smallexample
6991 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xpf -}
6992 @end smallexample
6993
6994 In both examples above, the leftmost @command{tar} invocation archives
6995 the contents of @file{sourcedir} to the standard output, while the
6996 rightmost one reads this archive from its standard input and
6997 extracts it. The @option{-p} option tells it to restore permissions
6998 of the extracted files.
6999
7000 @cindex Remote devices
7001 @cindex tar to a remote device
7002 @anchor{remote-dev}
7003 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
7004 use the following:
7005
7006 @smallexample
7007 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}
7008 @end smallexample
7009
7010 @noindent
7011 @command{tar} will set up the remote connection, if possible, and
7012 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
7013 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}, @command{tar}
7014 will attempt to set up the remote connection using your username
7015 as the username on the remote machine.
7016
7017 @cindex Local and remote archives
7018 @anchor{local and remote archives}
7019 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
7020 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
7021 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
7022 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
7023 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
7024 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
7025 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
7026 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
7027 have the @file{rmt} program installed (this command is included in
7028 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
7029 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} means your
7030 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
7031 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
7032 can be inhibited by using the @option{--force-local} option.
7033
7034 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
7035 tries to minimize input and output operations. The Amanda backup
7036 system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has an initial sizing pass which
7037 uses this feature.
7038
7039 @node Selecting Archive Members
7040 @section Selecting Archive Members
7041 @cindex Specifying files to act on
7042 @cindex Specifying archive members
7043
7044 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
7045 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
7046 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
7047 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
7048
7049 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
7050 the command line, as follows:
7051 @smallexample
7052 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
7053 @end smallexample
7054
7055 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), precede it with
7056 @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from being treated as an
7057 option.
7058
7059 @anchor{input name quoting}
7060 By default @GNUTAR{} attempts to @dfn{unquote} each file or member
7061 name, replacing @dfn{escape sequences} according to the following
7062 table:
7063
7064 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.60
7065 @headitem Escape @tab Replaced with
7066 @item \a @tab Audible bell (@acronym{ASCII} 7)
7067 @item \b @tab Backspace (@acronym{ASCII} 8)
7068 @item \f @tab Form feed (@acronym{ASCII} 12)
7069 @item \n @tab New line (@acronym{ASCII} 10)
7070 @item \r @tab Carriage return (@acronym{ASCII} 13)
7071 @item \t @tab Horizontal tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 9)
7072 @item \v @tab Vertical tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 11)
7073 @item \? @tab @acronym{ASCII} 127
7074 @item \@var{n} @tab @acronym{ASCII} @var{n} (@var{n} should be an octal number
7075 of up to 3 digits)
7076 @end multitable
7077
7078 A backslash followed by any other symbol is retained.
7079
7080 This default behavior is controlled by the following command line
7081 option:
7082
7083 @table @option
7084 @opindex unquote
7085 @item --unquote
7086 Enable unquoting input file or member names (default).
7087
7088 @opindex no-unquote
7089 @item --no-unquote
7090 Disable unquoting input file or member names.
7091 @end table
7092
7093 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
7094 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
7095
7096 If you do not specify files, @command{tar} behavior differs depending
7097 on the operation mode as described below:
7098
7099 When @command{tar} is invoked with @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
7100 @command{tar} will stop immediately, reporting the following:
7101
7102 @smallexample
7103 @group
7104 $ @kbd{tar cf a.tar}
7105 tar: Cowardly refusing to create an empty archive
7106 Try 'tar --help' or 'tar --usage' for more information.
7107 @end group
7108 @end smallexample
7109
7110 If you specify either @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
7111 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @command{tar}
7112 operates on all the archive members in the archive.
7113
7114 If run with @option{--diff} option, tar will compare the archive with
7115 the contents of the current working directory.
7116
7117 If you specify any other operation, @command{tar} does nothing.
7118
7119 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
7120 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
7121 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
7122 operate. In general, these methods work both for specifying the names
7123 of files and archive members.
7124
7125 @node files
7126 @section Reading Names from a File
7127
7128 @cindex Reading file names from a file
7129 @cindex Lists of file names
7130 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
7131 @cindex @command{find}, using with @command{tar}
7132 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
7133 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
7134 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T
7135 @var{file-of-names}}) option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the
7136 file which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
7137 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
7138 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
7139 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
7140
7141 @table @option
7142 @opindex files-from
7143 @item --files-from=@var{file-name}
7144 @itemx -T @var{file-name}
7145 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file-name}.
7146 @end table
7147
7148 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
7149 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
7150 names are read from standard input.
7151
7152 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
7153 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
7154 command.
7155
7156 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
7157
7158 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
7159 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
7160 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
7161 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
7162 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
7163 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
7164 more information.)
7165
7166 @smallexample
7167 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
7168 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
7169 @end smallexample
7170
7171 @noindent
7172 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
7173 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
7174 processed accordingly@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
7175 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
7176 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.}. For example,
7177 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
7178 specifying @option{-C} option:
7179
7180 @smallexample
7181 @group
7182 $ @kbd{cat list}
7183 -C/etc
7184 passwd
7185 hosts
7186 -C/lib
7187 libc.a
7188 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
7189 @end group
7190 @end smallexample
7191
7192 @noindent
7193 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
7194 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
7195 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
7196 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
7197 contain:
7198
7199 @smallexample
7200 @group
7201 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
7202 passwd
7203 hosts
7204 libc.a
7205 @end group
7206 @end smallexample
7207
7208 @opindex add-file
7209 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
7210 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
7211 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file=--my-file}.
7212
7213 @menu
7214 * nul::
7215 @end menu
7216
7217 @node nul
7218 @subsection @code{NUL}-Terminated File Names
7219
7220 @cindex File names, terminated by @code{NUL}
7221 @cindex @code{NUL}-terminated file names
7222 The @option{--null} option causes
7223 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}})
7224 to read file names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so
7225 files whose names contain newlines can be archived using
7226 @option{--files-from}.
7227
7228 @table @option
7229 @xopindex{null, described}
7230 @item --null
7231 Only consider @code{NUL}-terminated file names, instead of files that
7232 terminate in a newline.
7233
7234 @xopindex{no-null, described}
7235 @item --no-null
7236 Undo the effect of any previous @option{--null} option.
7237 @end table
7238
7239 The @option{--null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
7240 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
7241 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
7242 @command{tar}, @option{--null} also disables special handling for
7243 file names that begin with dash.
7244
7245 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
7246 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
7247 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
7248 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @code{NUL}
7249 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
7250 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} gets the
7251 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
7252 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
7253 @command{tar} to recognize the @code{NUL} separator between files.
7254
7255 @smallexample
7256 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
7257 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
7258 @end smallexample
7259
7260 The @option{--no-null} option can be used if you need to read both
7261 @code{NUL}-terminated and newline-terminated files on the same command line.
7262 For example, if @file{flist} is a newline-terminated file, then the
7263 following command can be used to combine it with the above command:
7264
7265 @smallexample
7266 @group
7267 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 |
7268 tar -c -f big.tar --null -T - --no-null -T flist}
7269 @end group
7270 @end smallexample
7271
7272 This example uses short options for typographic reasons, to avoid
7273 very long lines.
7274
7275 @GNUTAR is tries to automatically detect @code{NUL}-terminated file
7276 lists, so in many cases it is safe to use them even without the
7277 @option{--null} option. In this case @command{tar} will print a
7278 warning and continue reading such a file as if @option{--null} were
7279 actually given:
7280
7281 @smallexample
7282 @group
7283 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 | tar -c -f big.tar -T -}
7284 tar: -: file name read contains nul character
7285 @end group
7286 @end smallexample
7287
7288 The null terminator, however, remains in effect only for this
7289 particular file, any following @option{-T} options will assume
7290 newline termination. Of course, the null autodetection applies
7291 to these eventual surplus @option{-T} options as well.
7292
7293 @node exclude
7294 @section Excluding Some Files
7295
7296 @cindex File names, excluding files by
7297 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
7298 @cindex Excluding files by file system
7299 @opindex exclude
7300 @opindex exclude-from
7301 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
7302 use the @option{--exclude} or @option{--exclude-from} options.
7303
7304 @table @option
7305 @opindex exclude
7306 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
7307 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
7308 @end table
7309
7310 @findex exclude
7311 The @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option prevents any file or
7312 member whose name matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from
7313 being operated on.
7314 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
7315 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
7316 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
7317
7318 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
7319
7320 @table @option
7321 @opindex exclude-from
7322 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
7323 @itemx -X @var{file}
7324 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
7325 @var{file}.
7326 @end table
7327
7328 @findex exclude-from
7329 Use the @option{--exclude-from} option to read a
7330 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
7331 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
7332 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
7333 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
7334 added to the archive.
7335
7336 Notice, that lines from @var{file} are read verbatim. One of the
7337 frequent errors is leaving some extra whitespace after a file name,
7338 which is difficult to catch using text editors.
7339
7340 However, empty lines are OK.
7341
7342 @table @option
7343 @cindex version control system, excluding files
7344 @cindex VCS, excluding files
7345 @cindex SCCS, excluding files
7346 @cindex RCS, excluding files
7347 @cindex CVS, excluding files
7348 @cindex SVN, excluding files
7349 @cindex git, excluding files
7350 @cindex Bazaar, excluding files
7351 @cindex Arch, excluding files
7352 @cindex Mercurial, excluding files
7353 @cindex Darcs, excluding files
7354 @opindex exclude-vcs
7355 @item --exclude-vcs
7356 Exclude files and directories used by following version control
7357 systems: @samp{CVS}, @samp{RCS}, @samp{SCCS}, @samp{SVN}, @samp{Arch},
7358 @samp{Bazaar}, @samp{Mercurial}, and @samp{Darcs}.
7359
7360 As of version @value{VERSION}, the following files are excluded:
7361
7362 @itemize @bullet
7363 @item @file{CVS/}, and everything under it
7364 @item @file{RCS/}, and everything under it
7365 @item @file{SCCS/}, and everything under it
7366 @item @file{.git/}, and everything under it
7367 @item @file{.gitignore}
7368 @item @file{.cvsignore}
7369 @item @file{.svn/}, and everything under it
7370 @item @file{.arch-ids/}, and everything under it
7371 @item @file{@{arch@}/}, and everything under it
7372 @item @file{=RELEASE-ID}
7373 @item @file{=meta-update}
7374 @item @file{=update}
7375 @item @file{.bzr}
7376 @item @file{.bzrignore}
7377 @item @file{.bzrtags}
7378 @item @file{.hg}
7379 @item @file{.hgignore}
7380 @item @file{.hgrags}
7381 @item @file{_darcs}
7382 @end itemize
7383
7384 @opindex exclude-backups
7385 @item --exclude-backups
7386 Exclude backup and lock files. This option causes exclusion of files
7387 that match the following shell globbing patterns:
7388
7389 @table @asis
7390 @item .#*
7391 @item *~
7392 @item #*#
7393 @end table
7394
7395 @end table
7396
7397 @findex exclude-caches
7398 When creating an archive, the @option{--exclude-caches} option family
7399 causes @command{tar} to exclude all directories that contain a @dfn{cache
7400 directory tag}. A cache directory tag is a short file with the
7401 well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} and having a standard header
7402 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
7403 Various applications write cache directory tags into directories they
7404 use to hold regenerable, non-precious data, so that such data can be
7405 more easily excluded from backups.
7406
7407 There are three @samp{exclude-caches} options, each providing a different
7408 exclusion semantics:
7409
7410 @table @option
7411 @opindex exclude-caches
7412 @item --exclude-caches
7413 Do not archive the contents of the directory, but archive the
7414 directory itself and the @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file.
7415
7416 @opindex exclude-caches-under
7417 @item --exclude-caches-under
7418 Do not archive the contents of the directory, nor the
7419 @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file, archive only the directory itself.
7420
7421 @opindex exclude-caches-all
7422 @item --exclude-caches-all
7423 Omit directories containing @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file entirely.
7424 @end table
7425
7426 @findex exclude-tag
7427 Another option family, @option{--exclude-tag}, provides a generalization of
7428 this concept. It takes a single argument, a file name to look for.
7429 Any directory that contains this file will be excluded from the dump.
7430 Similarly to @samp{exclude-caches}, there are three options in this
7431 option family:
7432
7433 @table @option
7434 @opindex exclude-tag
7435 @item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
7436 Do not dump the contents of the directory, but dump the
7437 directory itself and the @var{file}.
7438
7439 @opindex exclude-tag-under
7440 @item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
7441 Do not dump the contents of the directory, nor the
7442 @var{file}, archive only the directory itself.
7443
7444 @opindex exclude-tag-all
7445 @item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
7446 Omit directories containing @var{file} file entirely.
7447 @end table
7448
7449 Multiple @option{--exclude-tag*} options can be given.
7450
7451 For example, given this directory:
7452
7453 @smallexample
7454 @group
7455 $ @kbd{find dir}
7456 dir
7457 dir/blues
7458 dir/jazz
7459 dir/folk
7460 dir/folk/tagfile
7461 dir/folk/sanjuan
7462 dir/folk/trote
7463 @end group
7464 @end smallexample
7465
7466 The @option{--exclude-tag} will produce the following:
7467
7468 @smallexample
7469 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag=tagfile -v dir}
7470 dir/
7471 dir/blues
7472 dir/jazz
7473 dir/folk/
7474 tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7475 contents not dumped
7476 dir/folk/tagfile
7477 @end smallexample
7478
7479 Both the @file{dir/folk} directory and its tagfile are preserved in
7480 the archive, however the rest of files in this directory are not.
7481
7482 Now, using the @option{--exclude-tag-under} option will exclude
7483 @file{tagfile} from the dump, while still preserving the directory
7484 itself, as shown in this example:
7485
7486 @smallexample
7487 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-under=tagfile -v dir}
7488 dir/
7489 dir/blues
7490 dir/jazz
7491 dir/folk/
7492 ./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7493 contents not dumped
7494 @end smallexample
7495
7496 Finally, using @option{--exclude-tag-all} omits the @file{dir/folk}
7497 directory entirely:
7498
7499 @smallexample
7500 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-all=tagfile -v dir}
7501 dir/
7502 dir/blues
7503 dir/jazz
7504 ./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7505 directory not dumped
7506 @end smallexample
7507
7508 @menu
7509 * problems with exclude::
7510 @end menu
7511
7512 @node problems with exclude
7513 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
7514
7515 @xopindex{exclude, potential problems with}
7516 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
7517 pitfalls:
7518
7519 @itemize @bullet
7520 @item
7521 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a file name
7522 explicitly listed on the command line, if one of its file name
7523 components is excluded. In the example above, if
7524 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
7525 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
7526 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
7527
7528 @item
7529 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @option{--exclude} and
7530 @option{--exclude-from}. Be careful: use @option{--exclude} when files
7531 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
7532 @option{--exclude-from} to introduce the name of a file which contains
7533 a list of patterns, one per line; each of these patterns can exclude
7534 zero, one, or many files.
7535
7536 @item
7537 When you use @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}}, be sure to quote the
7538 @var{pattern} parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
7539 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
7540 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
7541 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
7542 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
7543
7544 For example, write:
7545
7546 @smallexample
7547 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
7548 @end smallexample
7549
7550 @noindent
7551 rather than:
7552
7553 @smallexample
7554 # @emph{Wrong!}
7555 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
7556 @end smallexample
7557
7558 @item
7559 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
7560 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
7561 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
7562 might fail.
7563
7564 @item
7565 @FIXME{The change in semantics must have occurred before 1.11,
7566 so I doubt if it is worth mentioning at all. Anyway, should at
7567 least specify in which version the semantics changed.}
7568 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
7569 @option{--exclude-from} option was called @option{--exclude} instead.
7570 Now, @option{--exclude} applies to patterns listed on the command
7571 line and @option{--exclude-from} applies to patterns listed in a
7572 file.
7573
7574 @end itemize
7575
7576 @node wildcards
7577 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
7578
7579 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
7580 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
7581 existing files matching the given pattern. @GNUTAR{} can use wildcard
7582 patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members when extracting
7583 from or listing an archive. Wildcard patterns are also used for
7584 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
7585 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
7586
7587 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
7588
7589 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
7590 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
7591 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
7592 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
7593 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
7594 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
7595 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
7596 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
7597 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
7598
7599 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
7600 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
7601 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
7602 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
7603 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
7604 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
7605 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
7606 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
7607 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
7608 @emph{last} in a character class.)
7609
7610 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
7611 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
7612 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
7613 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
7614 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
7615 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
7616
7617 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
7618 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
7619 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
7620 @var{e}, inclusive.
7621
7622 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
7623 who don't have dan around.}
7624
7625 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
7626 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
7627 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
7628 string: thus, excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
7629
7630 @menu
7631 * controlling pattern-matching::
7632 @end menu
7633
7634 @node controlling pattern-matching
7635 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching
7636
7637 For the purposes of this section, we call @dfn{exclusion members} all
7638 member names obtained while processing @option{--exclude} and
7639 @option{--exclude-from} options, and @dfn{inclusion members} those
7640 member names that were given in the command line or read from the file
7641 specified with @option{--files-from} option.
7642
7643 These two pairs of member lists are used in the following operations:
7644 @option{--diff}, @option{--extract}, @option{--list},
7645 @option{--update}.
7646
7647 There are no inclusion members in create mode (@option{--create} and
7648 @option{--append}), since in this mode the names obtained from the
7649 command line refer to @emph{files}, not archive members.
7650
7651 By default, inclusion members are compared with archive members
7652 literally @footnote{Notice that earlier @GNUTAR{} versions used
7653 globbing for inclusion members, which contradicted to UNIX98
7654 specification and was not documented. @xref{Changes}, for more
7655 information on this and other changes.} and exclusion members are
7656 treated as globbing patterns. For example:
7657
7658 @smallexample
7659 @group
7660 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
7661 a.c
7662 b.c
7663 a.txt
7664 [remarks]
7665 # @i{Member names are used verbatim:}
7666 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v '[remarks]'}
7667 [remarks]
7668 # @i{Exclude member names are globbed:}
7669 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --exclude '*.c'}
7670 a.txt
7671 [remarks]
7672 @end group
7673 @end smallexample
7674
7675 This behavior can be altered by using the following options:
7676
7677 @table @option
7678 @opindex wildcards
7679 @item --wildcards
7680 Treat all member names as wildcards.
7681
7682 @opindex no-wildcards
7683 @item --no-wildcards
7684 Treat all member names as literal strings.
7685 @end table
7686
7687 Thus, to extract files whose names end in @samp{.c}, you can use:
7688
7689 @smallexample
7690 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --wildcards '*.c'}
7691 a.c
7692 b.c
7693 @end smallexample
7694
7695 @noindent
7696 Notice quoting of the pattern to prevent the shell from interpreting
7697 it.
7698
7699 The effect of @option{--wildcards} option is canceled by
7700 @option{--no-wildcards}. This can be used to pass part of
7701 the command line arguments verbatim and other part as globbing
7702 patterns. For example, the following invocation:
7703
7704 @smallexample
7705 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar --wildcards '*.txt' --no-wildcards '[remarks]'}
7706 @end smallexample
7707
7708 @noindent
7709 instructs @command{tar} to extract from @file{foo.tar} all files whose
7710 names end in @samp{.txt} and the file named @file{[remarks]}.
7711
7712 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
7713 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
7714 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
7715 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
7716
7717 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
7718 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
7719 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
7720 before deciding whether to exclude it.
7721
7722 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
7723 below. These options accumulate. For example:
7724
7725 @smallexample
7726 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
7727 @end smallexample
7728
7729 @noindent
7730 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
7731 @samp{readme}.
7732
7733 @table @option
7734 @opindex anchored
7735 @opindex no-anchored
7736 @item --anchored
7737 @itemx --no-anchored
7738 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
7739 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
7740 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored} for exclusion members
7741 and @option{--anchored} inclusion members.
7742
7743 @opindex ignore-case
7744 @opindex no-ignore-case
7745 @item --ignore-case
7746 @itemx --no-ignore-case
7747 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
7748 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
7749
7750 @opindex wildcards-match-slash
7751 @opindex no-wildcards-match-slash
7752 @item --wildcards-match-slash
7753 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
7754 When wildcards match slash (the default for exclusion members), a
7755 wildcard like @samp{*} in the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the
7756 name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is matched only by @samp{/}.
7757
7758 @end table
7759
7760 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
7761 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how member patterns are interpreted. If
7762 recursion is in effect, a pattern matches a name if it matches any of
7763 the name's parent directories.
7764
7765 The following table summarizes pattern-matching default values:
7766
7767 @multitable @columnfractions .3 .7
7768 @headitem Members @tab Default settings
7769 @item Inclusion @tab @option{--no-wildcards --anchored --no-wildcards-match-slash}
7770 @item Exclusion @tab @option{--wildcards --no-anchored --wildcards-match-slash}
7771 @end multitable
7772
7773 @node quoting styles
7774 @section Quoting Member Names
7775
7776 When displaying member names, @command{tar} takes care to avoid
7777 ambiguities caused by certain characters. This is called @dfn{name
7778 quoting}. The characters in question are:
7779
7780 @itemize @bullet
7781 @item Non-printable control characters:
7782 @anchor{escape sequences}
7783 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.10 0.60
7784 @headitem Character @tab @acronym{ASCII} @tab Character name
7785 @item \a @tab 7 @tab Audible bell
7786 @item \b @tab 8 @tab Backspace
7787 @item \f @tab 12 @tab Form feed
7788 @item \n @tab 10 @tab New line
7789 @item \r @tab 13 @tab Carriage return
7790 @item \t @tab 9 @tab Horizontal tabulation
7791 @item \v @tab 11 @tab Vertical tabulation
7792 @end multitable
7793
7794 @item Space (@acronym{ASCII} 32)
7795
7796 @item Single and double quotes (@samp{'} and @samp{"})
7797
7798 @item Backslash (@samp{\})
7799 @end itemize
7800
7801 The exact way @command{tar} uses to quote these characters depends on
7802 the @dfn{quoting style}. The default quoting style, called
7803 @dfn{escape} (see below), uses backslash notation to represent control
7804 characters, space and backslash. Using this quoting style, control
7805 characters are represented as listed in column @samp{Character} in the
7806 above table, a space is printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}.
7807
7808 @GNUTAR{} offers seven distinct quoting styles, which can be selected
7809 using @option{--quoting-style} option:
7810
7811 @table @option
7812 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
7813 @opindex quoting-style
7814
7815 Sets quoting style. Valid values for @var{style} argument are:
7816 literal, shell, shell-always, c, escape, locale, clocale.
7817 @end table
7818
7819 These styles are described in detail below. To illustrate their
7820 effect, we will use an imaginary tar archive @file{arch.tar}
7821 containing the following members:
7822
7823 @smallexample
7824 @group
7825 # 1. Contains horizontal tabulation character.
7826 a tab
7827 # 2. Contains newline character
7828 a
7829 newline
7830 # 3. Contains a space
7831 a space
7832 # 4. Contains double quotes
7833 a"double"quote
7834 # 5. Contains single quotes
7835 a'single'quote
7836 # 6. Contains a backslash character:
7837 a\backslash
7838 @end group
7839 @end smallexample
7840
7841 Here is how usual @command{ls} command would have listed them, if they
7842 had existed in the current working directory:
7843
7844 @smallexample
7845 @group
7846 $ @kbd{ls}
7847 a\ttab
7848 a\nnewline
7849 a\ space
7850 a"double"quote
7851 a'single'quote
7852 a\\backslash
7853 @end group
7854 @end smallexample
7855
7856 Quoting styles:
7857
7858 @table @samp
7859 @item literal
7860 No quoting, display each character as is:
7861
7862 @smallexample
7863 @group
7864 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=literal}
7865 ./
7866 ./a space
7867 ./a'single'quote
7868 ./a"double"quote
7869 ./a\backslash
7870 ./a tab
7871 ./a
7872 newline
7873 @end group
7874 @end smallexample
7875
7876 @item shell
7877 Display characters the same way Bourne shell does:
7878 control characters, except @samp{\t} and @samp{\n}, are printed using
7879 backslash escapes, @samp{\t} and @samp{\n} are printed as is, and a
7880 single quote is printed as @samp{\'}. If a name contains any quoted
7881 characters, it is enclosed in single quotes. In particular, if a name
7882 contains single quotes, it is printed as several single-quoted strings:
7883
7884 @smallexample
7885 @group
7886 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell}
7887 ./
7888 './a space'
7889 './a'\''single'\''quote'
7890 './a"double"quote'
7891 './a\backslash'
7892 './a tab'
7893 './a
7894 newline'
7895 @end group
7896 @end smallexample
7897
7898 @item shell-always
7899 Same as @samp{shell}, but the names are always enclosed in single
7900 quotes:
7901
7902 @smallexample
7903 @group
7904 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell-always}
7905 './'
7906 './a space'
7907 './a'\''single'\''quote'
7908 './a"double"quote'
7909 './a\backslash'
7910 './a tab'
7911 './a
7912 newline'
7913 @end group
7914 @end smallexample
7915
7916 @item c
7917 Use the notation of the C programming language. All names are
7918 enclosed in double quotes. Control characters are quoted using
7919 backslash notations, double quotes are represented as @samp{\"},
7920 backslash characters are represented as @samp{\\}. Single quotes and
7921 spaces are not quoted:
7922
7923 @smallexample
7924 @group
7925 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=c}
7926 "./"
7927 "./a space"
7928 "./a'single'quote"
7929 "./a\"double\"quote"
7930 "./a\\backslash"
7931 "./a\ttab"
7932 "./a\nnewline"
7933 @end group
7934 @end smallexample
7935
7936 @item escape
7937 Control characters are printed using backslash notation, a space is
7938 printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}. This is the
7939 default quoting style, unless it was changed when configured the
7940 package.
7941
7942 @smallexample
7943 @group
7944 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape}
7945 ./
7946 ./a space
7947 ./a'single'quote
7948 ./a"double"quote
7949 ./a\\backslash
7950 ./a\ttab
7951 ./a\nnewline
7952 @end group
7953 @end smallexample
7954
7955 @item locale
7956 Control characters, single quote and backslash are printed using
7957 backslash notation. All names are quoted using left and right
7958 quotation marks, appropriate to the current locale. If it does not
7959 define quotation marks, use @samp{'} as left and as right
7960 quotation marks. Any occurrences of the right quotation mark in a
7961 name are escaped with @samp{\}, for example:
7962
7963 For example:
7964
7965 @smallexample
7966 @group
7967 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=locale}
7968 './'
7969 './a space'
7970 './a\'single\'quote'
7971 './a"double"quote'
7972 './a\\backslash'
7973 './a\ttab'
7974 './a\nnewline'
7975 @end group
7976 @end smallexample
7977
7978 @item clocale
7979 Same as @samp{locale}, but @samp{"} is used for both left and right
7980 quotation marks, if not provided by the currently selected locale:
7981
7982 @smallexample
7983 @group
7984 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=clocale}
7985 "./"
7986 "./a space"
7987 "./a'single'quote"
7988 "./a\"double\"quote"
7989 "./a\\backslash"
7990 "./a\ttab"
7991 "./a\nnewline"
7992 @end group
7993 @end smallexample
7994 @end table
7995
7996 You can specify which characters should be quoted in addition to those
7997 implied by the current quoting style:
7998
7999 @table @option
8000 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
8001 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
8002 quoting style would not quote them.
8003 @end table
8004
8005 For example, using @samp{escape} quoting (compare with the usual
8006 escape listing above):
8007
8008 @smallexample
8009 @group
8010 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape --quote-chars=' "'}
8011 ./
8012 ./a\ space
8013 ./a'single'quote
8014 ./a\"double\"quote
8015 ./a\\backslash
8016 ./a\ttab
8017 ./a\nnewline
8018 @end group
8019 @end smallexample
8020
8021 To disable quoting of such additional characters, use the following
8022 option:
8023
8024 @table @option
8025 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
8026 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
8027 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option.
8028 @end table
8029
8030 This option is particularly useful if you have added
8031 @option{--quote-chars} to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS})
8032 and wish to disable it for the current invocation.
8033
8034 Note, that @option{--no-quote-chars} does @emph{not} disable those
8035 characters that are quoted by default in the selected quoting style.
8036
8037 @node transform
8038 @section Modifying File and Member Names
8039
8040 @command{Tar} archives contain detailed information about files stored
8041 in them and full file names are part of that information. When
8042 storing a file to an archive, its file name is recorded in it,
8043 along with the actual file contents. When restoring from an archive,
8044 a file is created on disk with exactly the same name as that stored
8045 in the archive. In the majority of cases this is the desired behavior
8046 of a file archiver. However, there are some cases when it is not.
8047
8048 First of all, it is often unsafe to extract archive members with
8049 absolute file names or those that begin with a @file{../}. @GNUTAR{}
8050 takes special precautions when extracting such names and provides a
8051 special option for handling them, which is described in
8052 @ref{absolute}.
8053
8054 Secondly, you may wish to extract file names without some leading
8055 directory components, or with otherwise modified names. In other
8056 cases it is desirable to store files under differing names in the
8057 archive.
8058
8059 @GNUTAR{} provides several options for these needs.
8060
8061 @table @option
8062 @opindex strip-components
8063 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
8064 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
8065 extraction.
8066 @end table
8067
8068 For example, suppose you have archived whole @file{/usr} hierarchy to
8069 a tar archive named @file{usr.tar}. Among other files, this archive
8070 contains @file{usr/include/stdlib.h}, which you wish to extract to
8071 the current working directory. To do so, you type:
8072
8073 @smallexample
8074 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
8075 @end smallexample
8076
8077 The option @option{--strip=2} instructs @command{tar} to strip the
8078 two leading components (@file{usr/} and @file{include/}) off the file
8079 name.
8080
8081 If you add the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option to the invocation
8082 above, you will note that the verbose listing still contains the
8083 full file name, with the two removed components still in place. This
8084 can be inconvenient, so @command{tar} provides a special option for
8085 altering this behavior:
8086
8087 @anchor{show-transformed-names}
8088 @table @option
8089 @opindex show-transformed-names
8090 @item --show-transformed-names
8091 Display file or member names with all requested transformations
8092 applied.
8093 @end table
8094
8095 @noindent
8096 For example:
8097
8098 @smallexample
8099 @group
8100 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
8101 usr/include/stdlib.h
8102 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 --show-transformed usr/include/stdlib.h}
8103 stdlib.h
8104 @end group
8105 @end smallexample
8106
8107 Notice that in both cases the file @file{stdlib.h} is extracted to the
8108 current working directory, @option{--show-transformed-names} affects
8109 only the way its name is displayed.
8110
8111 This option is especially useful for verifying whether the invocation
8112 will have the desired effect. Thus, before running
8113
8114 @smallexample
8115 $ @kbd{tar -x --strip=@var{n}}
8116 @end smallexample
8117
8118 @noindent
8119 it is often advisable to run
8120
8121 @smallexample
8122 $ @kbd{tar -t -v --show-transformed --strip=@var{n}}
8123 @end smallexample
8124
8125 @noindent
8126 to make sure the command will produce the intended results.
8127
8128 In case you need to apply more complex modifications to the file name,
8129 @GNUTAR{} provides a general-purpose transformation option:
8130
8131 @table @option
8132 @opindex transform
8133 @opindex xform
8134 @item --transform=@var{expression}
8135 @itemx --xform=@var{expression}
8136 Modify file names using supplied @var{expression}.
8137 @end table
8138
8139 @noindent
8140 The @var{expression} is a @command{sed}-like replace expression of the
8141 form:
8142
8143 @smallexample
8144 s/@var{regexp}/@var{replace}/[@var{flags}]
8145 @end smallexample
8146
8147 @noindent
8148 where @var{regexp} is a @dfn{regular expression}, @var{replace} is a
8149 replacement for each file name part that matches @var{regexp}. Both
8150 @var{regexp} and @var{replace} are described in detail in
8151 @ref{The "s" Command, The "s" Command, The `s' Command, sed, GNU sed}.
8152
8153 Any delimiter can be used in lieu of @samp{/}, the only requirement being
8154 that it be used consistently throughout the expression. For example,
8155 the following two expressions are equivalent:
8156
8157 @smallexample
8158 @group
8159 s/one/two/
8160 s,one,two,
8161 @end group
8162 @end smallexample
8163
8164 Changing delimiters is often useful when the @var{regex} contains
8165 slashes. For example, it is more convenient to write @code{s,/,-,} than
8166 @code{s/\//-/}.
8167
8168 As in @command{sed}, you can give several replace expressions,
8169 separated by a semicolon.
8170
8171 Supported @var{flags} are:
8172
8173 @table @samp
8174 @item g
8175 Apply the replacement to @emph{all} matches to the @var{regexp}, not
8176 just the first.
8177
8178 @item i
8179 Use case-insensitive matching.
8180
8181 @item x
8182 @var{regexp} is an @dfn{extended regular expression} (@pxref{Extended
8183 regexps, Extended regular expressions, Extended regular expressions,
8184 sed, GNU sed}).
8185
8186 @item @var{number}
8187 Only replace the @var{number}th match of the @var{regexp}.
8188
8189 Note: the @acronym{POSIX} standard does not specify what should happen
8190 when you mix the @samp{g} and @var{number} modifiers. @GNUTAR{}
8191 follows the GNU @command{sed} implementation in this regard, so
8192 the interaction is defined to be: ignore matches before the
8193 @var{number}th, and then match and replace all matches from the
8194 @var{number}th on.
8195
8196 @end table
8197
8198 In addition, several @dfn{transformation scope} flags are supported,
8199 that control to what files transformations apply. These are:
8200
8201 @table @samp
8202 @item r
8203 Apply transformation to regular archive members.
8204
8205 @item R
8206 Do not apply transformation to regular archive members.
8207
8208 @item s
8209 Apply transformation to symbolic link targets.
8210
8211 @item S
8212 Do not apply transformation to symbolic link targets.
8213
8214 @item h
8215 Apply transformation to hard link targets.
8216
8217 @item H
8218 Do not apply transformation to hard link targets.
8219 @end table
8220
8221 Default is @samp{rsh}, which means to apply tranformations to both archive
8222 members and targets of symbolic and hard links.
8223
8224 Default scope flags can also be changed using @samp{flags=} statement
8225 in the transform expression. The flags set this way remain in force
8226 until next @samp{flags=} statement or end of expression, whichever
8227 occurs first. For example:
8228
8229 @smallexample
8230 --transform 'flags=S;s|^|/usr/local/|'
8231 @end smallexample
8232
8233 Here are several examples of @option{--transform} usage:
8234
8235 @enumerate
8236 @item Extract @file{usr/} hierarchy into @file{usr/local/}:
8237
8238 @smallexample
8239 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,usr/,usr/local/,' -x -f arch.tar}
8240 @end smallexample
8241
8242 @item Strip two leading directory components (equivalent to
8243 @option{--strip-components=2}):
8244
8245 @smallexample
8246 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,/*[^/]*/[^/]*/,,' -x -f arch.tar}
8247 @end smallexample
8248
8249 @item Convert each file name to lower case:
8250
8251 @smallexample
8252 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's/.*/\L&/' -x -f arch.tar}
8253 @end smallexample
8254
8255 @item Prepend @file{/prefix/} to each file name:
8256
8257 @smallexample
8258 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/prefix/,' -x -f arch.tar}
8259 @end smallexample
8260
8261 @item Archive the @file{/lib} directory, prepending @samp{/usr/local}
8262 to each archive member:
8263
8264 @smallexample
8265 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/usr/local/,S' -c -f arch.tar /lib}
8266 @end smallexample
8267 @end enumerate
8268
8269 Notice the use of flags in the last example. The @file{/lib}
8270 directory often contains many symbolic links to files within it.
8271 It may look, for example, like this:
8272
8273 @smallexample
8274 $ @kbd{ls -l}
8275 drwxr-xr-x root/root 0 2008-07-08 16:20 /lib/
8276 -rwxr-xr-x root/root 1250840 2008-05-25 07:44 /lib/libc-2.3.2.so
8277 lrwxrwxrwx root/root 0 2008-06-24 17:12 /lib/libc.so.6 -> libc-2.3.2.so
8278 ...
8279 @end smallexample
8280
8281 Using the expression @samp{s,^,/usr/local/,} would mean adding
8282 @samp{/usr/local} to both regular archive members and to link
8283 targets. In this case, @file{/lib/libc.so.6} would become:
8284
8285 @smallexample
8286 /usr/local/lib/libc.so.6 -> /usr/local/libc-2.3.2.so
8287 @end smallexample
8288
8289 This is definitely not desired. To avoid this, the @samp{S} flag
8290 is used, which excludes symbolic link targets from filename
8291 transformations. The result is:
8292
8293 @smallexample
8294 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/usr/local/,S', -c -v -f arch.tar \
8295 --show-transformed /lib}
8296 drwxr-xr-x root/root 0 2008-07-08 16:20 /usr/local/lib/
8297 -rwxr-xr-x root/root 1250840 2008-05-25 07:44 /usr/local/lib/libc-2.3.2.so
8298 lrwxrwxrwx root/root 0 2008-06-24 17:12 /usr/local/lib/libc.so.6 \
8299 -> libc-2.3.2.so
8300 @end smallexample
8301
8302 Unlike @option{--strip-components}, @option{--transform} can be used
8303 in any @GNUTAR{} operation mode. For example, the following command
8304 adds files to the archive while replacing the leading @file{usr/}
8305 component with @file{var/}:
8306
8307 @smallexample
8308 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' /}
8309 @end smallexample
8310
8311 To test @option{--transform} effect we suggest using
8312 @option{--show-transformed-names} option:
8313
8314 @smallexample
8315 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' \
8316 --verbose --show-transformed-names /}
8317 @end smallexample
8318
8319 If both @option{--strip-components} and @option{--transform} are used
8320 together, then @option{--transform} is applied first, and the required
8321 number of components is then stripped from its result.
8322
8323 You can use as many @option{--transform} options in a single command
8324 line as you want. The specified expressions will then be applied in
8325 order of their appearance. For example, the following two invocations
8326 are equivalent:
8327
8328 @smallexample
8329 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,/usr/var,/var/' \
8330 --transform='s,/usr/local,/usr/,'}
8331 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar \
8332 --transform='s,/usr/var,/var/;s,/usr/local,/usr/,'}
8333 @end smallexample
8334
8335 @node after
8336 @section Operating Only on New Files
8337
8338 @cindex Excluding file by age
8339 @cindex Data Modification time, excluding files by
8340 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
8341 @cindex Age, excluding files by
8342 The @option{--after-date=@var{date}} (@option{--newer=@var{date}},
8343 @option{-N @var{date}}) option causes @command{tar} to only work on
8344 files whose data modification or status change times are newer than
8345 the @var{date} given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.},
8346 it is taken to be a file name; the data modification time of that file
8347 is used as the date. If you use this option when creating or appending
8348 to an archive, the archive will only include new files. If you use
8349 @option{--after-date} when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will
8350 only extract files newer than the @var{date} you specify.
8351
8352 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
8353 modification of the file's data (rather than status
8354 changes), then use the @option{--newer-mtime=@var{date}} option.
8355
8356 @cindex --after-date and --update compared
8357 @cindex --newer-mtime and --update compared
8358 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
8359 differ from the @option{--update} (@option{-u}) operation in that they
8360 allow you to specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can
8361 compare when deciding whether or not to archive the files.
8362
8363 @table @option
8364 @opindex after-date
8365 @opindex newer
8366 @item --after-date=@var{date}
8367 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
8368 @itemx -N @var{date}
8369 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
8370
8371 Acts on files only if their data modification or status change times are
8372 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
8373
8374 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
8375 name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
8376
8377 @opindex newer-mtime
8378 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
8379 Acts like @option{--after-date}, but only looks at data modification times.
8380 @end table
8381
8382 These options limit @command{tar} to operate only on files which have
8383 been modified after the date specified. A file's status is considered to have
8384 changed if its contents have been modified, or if its owner,
8385 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
8386 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
8387 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
8388
8389 Gurus would say that @option{--after-date} tests both the data
8390 modification time (@code{mtime}, the time the contents of the file
8391 were last modified) and the status change time (@code{ctime}, the time
8392 the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc.@:)
8393 fields, while @option{--newer-mtime} tests only the @code{mtime}
8394 field.
8395
8396 To be precise, @option{--after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
8397 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
8398 @var{date}, while @option{--newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
8399 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither does it use @code{atime} (the last time the
8400 contents of the file were looked at).
8401
8402 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
8403 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
8404 arguments. For example, the following command will add to the archive
8405 all the files modified less than two days ago:
8406
8407 @smallexample
8408 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar --newer-mtime '2 days ago'}
8409 @end smallexample
8410
8411 When any of these options is used with the option @option{--verbose}
8412 (@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{} will try to convert the specified
8413 date back to its textual representation and compare that with the
8414 one given with the option. If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
8415 print a warning saying what date it will use. This is to help user
8416 ensure he is using the right date. For example:
8417
8418 @smallexample
8419 @group
8420 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --after-date='10 days ago' .}
8421 tar: Option --after-date: Treating date '10 days ago' as 2006-06-11
8422 13:19:37.232434
8423 @end group
8424 @end smallexample
8425
8426 @quotation
8427 @strong{Please Note:} @option{--after-date} and @option{--newer-mtime}
8428 should not be used for incremental backups. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
8429 for proper way of creating incremental backups.
8430 @end quotation
8431
8432 @node recurse
8433 @section Descending into Directories
8434 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
8435 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
8436 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
8437 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
8438
8439 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
8440 those given on the command line or through the @option{--files-from}
8441 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
8442 want @command{tar} to act this way.
8443
8444 @opindex no-recursion
8445 @cindex @command{find}, using with @command{tar}
8446 The @option{--no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
8447 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
8448 use the @command{find} (@pxref{Top,, find, find, GNU Find Manual})
8449 utility for hunting through levels of directories to
8450 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
8451 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
8452 archive; see @ref{files}, for more information on using @command{find} with
8453 @command{tar}.
8454
8455 @table @option
8456 @item --no-recursion
8457 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
8458
8459 @opindex recursion
8460 @item --recursion
8461 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
8462 This is the default.
8463 @end table
8464
8465 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
8466 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
8467 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
8468 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
8469 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{-not -type d}}
8470 test in their @command{find} invocation (@pxref{Type, Type, Type test,
8471 find, Finding Files}), as they usually do not want all the files in a
8472 directory. They then use the @option{--files-from} option to archive
8473 the files located via @command{find}.
8474
8475 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
8476 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
8477 @option{--same-permissions} (@option{--preserve-permissions},
8478 @option{-p}) option does not affect them---while users might really
8479 like it to. Specifying @option{--no-recursion} is a way to tell
8480 @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
8481 no new files on its own. To summarize, if you use @command{find} to
8482 create a list of files to be stored in an archive, use it as follows:
8483
8484 @smallexample
8485 @group
8486 $ @kbd{find @var{dir} @var{tests} | \
8487 tar -cf @var{archive} -T - --no-recursion}
8488 @end group
8489 @end smallexample
8490
8491 The @option{--no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
8492 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
8493 the files under those directories.
8494
8495 The @option{--no-recursion} option also affects how globbing patterns
8496 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-matching}).
8497
8498 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
8499 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
8500 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
8501
8502 @smallexample
8503 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --no-recursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
8504 @end smallexample
8505
8506 @noindent
8507 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
8508 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
8509 other than @file{grape/concord}.
8510
8511 @node one
8512 @section Crossing File System Boundaries
8513 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
8514
8515 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
8516 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
8517 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
8518 @option{--one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
8519 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
8520 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
8521 or through @option{--files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
8522
8523 @table @option
8524 @opindex one-file-system
8525 @item --one-file-system
8526 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
8527 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
8528 @end table
8529
8530 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
8531 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
8532 a directory is not on the same file system as the directory itself, then
8533 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
8534 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
8535 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
8536
8537 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
8538 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
8539 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}), files that are excluded are
8540 mentioned by name on the standard error.
8541
8542 @menu
8543 * directory:: Changing Directory
8544 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
8545 @end menu
8546
8547 @node directory
8548 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
8549
8550 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
8551 things around some.}
8552
8553 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
8554 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
8555 @cindex Working directory, specifying
8556 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
8557 either on the command line or in a file specified using
8558 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}), use @option{--directory} (@option{-C}).
8559 This will change the working directory to the specified directory
8560 after that point in the list.
8561
8562 @table @option
8563 @opindex directory
8564 @item --directory=@var{directory}
8565 @itemx -C @var{directory}
8566 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
8567 @end table
8568
8569 For example,
8570
8571 @smallexample
8572 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
8573 @end smallexample
8574
8575 @noindent
8576 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
8577 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
8578 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
8579 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
8580 store in the same archive.
8581
8582 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
8583 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
8584 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
8585 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
8586 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
8587
8588 Contrast this with the command,
8589
8590 @smallexample
8591 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
8592 @end smallexample
8593
8594 @noindent
8595 which records the third file in the archive under the name
8596 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
8597 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
8598 named @file{red}.
8599
8600 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
8601 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
8602 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
8603 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
8604 @file{foo.tar}:
8605
8606 @smallexample
8607 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
8608 @end smallexample
8609
8610 @noindent
8611 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
8612 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
8613 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
8614 directories where those files were located.
8615
8616 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
8617 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
8618 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
8619 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
8620 @option{--directory} option.
8621
8622 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
8623 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
8624 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
8625 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
8626 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
8627 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
8628 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
8629
8630 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
8631
8632 @smallexample
8633 @group
8634 -C/etc
8635 passwd
8636 hosts
8637 --directory=/lib
8638 libc.a
8639 @end group
8640 @end smallexample
8641
8642 @noindent
8643 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
8644
8645 @smallexample
8646 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
8647 @end smallexample
8648
8649 The interpretation of @option{--directory} is disabled by
8650 @option{--null} option.
8651
8652 @node absolute
8653 @subsection Absolute File Names
8654 @cindex absolute file names
8655 @cindex file names, absolute
8656
8657 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
8658 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
8659 component. There is an option that turns off this behavior:
8660
8661 @table @option
8662 @opindex absolute-names
8663 @item --absolute-names
8664 @itemx -P
8665 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
8666 containing a @file{..} file name component.
8667 @end table
8668
8669 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
8670 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
8671 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
8672 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
8673 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
8674 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
8675 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
8676 really @file{etc/passwd}.
8677
8678 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
8679 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
8680 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
8681
8682 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
8683 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
8684 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
8685 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
8686 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
8687 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
8688 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
8689 be @file{bin/ls}@footnote{A side effect of this is that when
8690 @option{--create} is used with @option{--verbose} the resulting output
8691 is not, generally speaking, the same as the one you'd get running
8692 @kbd{tar --list} command. This may be important if you use some
8693 scripts for comparing both outputs. @xref{listing member and file names},
8694 for the information on how to handle this case.}.
8695
8696 Symbolic links containing @file{..} or leading @samp{/} can also cause
8697 problems when extracting, so @command{tar} normally extracts them last;
8698 it may create empty files as placeholders during extraction.
8699
8700 If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
8701 @command{tar} will do none of these transformations.
8702
8703 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
8704 the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option.
8705
8706 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
8707 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
8708 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
8709
8710 When you specify @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
8711 @command{tar} stores file names including all superior directory
8712 names, and preserves leading slashes. If you only invoked
8713 @command{tar} from the root directory you would never need the
8714 @option{--absolute-names} option, but using this option
8715 may be more convenient than switching to root.
8716
8717 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
8718 to transfer files between systems.}
8719
8720 @table @option
8721 @item --absolute-names
8722 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
8723 archiving and extracting files.
8724
8725 @end table
8726
8727 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
8728 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
8729 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
8730 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
8731
8732 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
8733 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
8734 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
8735
8736 @smallexample
8737 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
8738 @end smallexample
8739
8740 @noindent
8741 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
8742 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
8743 For example:
8744
8745 @smallexample
8746 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
8747 @end smallexample
8748
8749 @xref{Integrity}, for some of the security-related implications
8750 of using this option.
8751
8752 @include parse-datetime.texi
8753
8754 @node Formats
8755 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
8756
8757 @cindex Tar archive formats
8758 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
8759 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
8760 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
8761
8762 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
8763 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
8764
8765 @table @asis
8766 @item gnu
8767 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
8768 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
8769 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
8770 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
8771 formats.
8772
8773 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold file names of unlimited
8774 length.
8775
8776 @item oldgnu
8777 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
8778
8779 @item v7
8780 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
8781 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
8782 are:
8783
8784 @enumerate
8785 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
8786 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
8787 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
8788 devices, fifos etc.)
8789 @item Maximum value of user or group @acronym{ID} is limited to 2097151 (7777777
8790 octal)
8791 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
8792 and group name of the file owner).
8793 @end enumerate
8794
8795 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
8796 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
8797 however this means that projects containing file names more than 99
8798 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
8799 Automake prior to 1.9.
8800
8801 @item ustar
8802 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
8803 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
8804 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
8805
8806 @enumerate
8807 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
8808 provided that the file name can be split at a directory separator in
8809 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
8810 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
8811 characters.
8812 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
8813 100 characters.
8814 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accommodate
8815 is 8GB
8816 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
8817 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
8818 @end enumerate
8819
8820 @item star
8821 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
8822 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
8823 currently does not produce them.
8824
8825 @item posix
8826 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
8827 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
8828 restrictions on file sizes or file name lengths. This format is quite
8829 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
8830 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
8831 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
8832 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
8833 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
8834 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
8835
8836 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
8837 of @GNUTAR{}.
8838
8839 @end table
8840
8841 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
8842 formats:
8843
8844 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
8845 @headitem Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab File Name @tab Devn
8846 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
8847 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
8848 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
8849 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
8850 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
8851 @end multitable
8852
8853 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
8854 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
8855 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
8856 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
8857 switch to @samp{posix}.
8858
8859 @menu
8860 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
8861 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
8862 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
8863 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
8864 @end menu
8865
8866 @node Compression
8867 @section Using Less Space through Compression
8868
8869 @menu
8870 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
8871 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
8872 @end menu
8873
8874 @node gzip
8875 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
8876 @cindex Compressed archives
8877 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
8878
8879 @cindex gzip
8880 @cindex bzip2
8881 @cindex lzip
8882 @cindex lzma
8883 @cindex lzop
8884 @cindex compress
8885 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
8886 a wide variety of compression programs, namely: @command{gzip},
8887 @command{bzip2}, @command{lzip}, @command{lzma}, @command{lzop},
8888 @command{xz} and traditional @command{compress}. The latter is
8889 supported mostly for backward compatibility, and we recommend
8890 against using it, because it is by far less effective than the other
8891 compression programs@footnote{It also had patent problems in the past.}.
8892
8893 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
8894 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
8895 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
8896 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
8897 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive,
8898 @option{--lzip} to create an @asis{lzip} compressed archive,
8899 @option{-J} (@option{--xz}) to create an @asis{XZ} archive,
8900 @option{--lzma} to create an @asis{LZMA} compressed
8901 archive, @option{--lzop} to create an @asis{LSOP} archive, and
8902 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
8903 For example:
8904
8905 @smallexample
8906 $ @kbd{tar czf archive.tar.gz .}
8907 @end smallexample
8908
8909 You can also let @GNUTAR{} select the compression program based on
8910 the suffix of the archive file name. This is done using
8911 @option{--auto-compress} (@option{-a}) command line option. For
8912 example, the following invocation will use @command{bzip2} for
8913 compression:
8914
8915 @smallexample
8916 $ @kbd{tar caf archive.tar.bz2 .}
8917 @end smallexample
8918
8919 @noindent
8920 whereas the following one will use @command{lzma}:
8921
8922 @smallexample
8923 $ @kbd{tar caf archive.tar.lzma .}
8924 @end smallexample
8925
8926 For a complete list of file name suffixes recognized by @GNUTAR{},
8927 see @ref{auto-compress}.
8928
8929 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
8930 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
8931 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
8932 archive created in previous example:
8933
8934 @smallexample
8935 # List the compressed archive
8936 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
8937 # Extract the compressed archive
8938 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
8939 @end smallexample
8940
8941 The format recognition algorithm is based on @dfn{signatures}, a
8942 special byte sequences in the beginning of file, that are specific for
8943 certain compression formats. If this approach fails, @command{tar}
8944 falls back to using archive name suffix to determine its format
8945 (@pxref{auto-compress}, for a list of recognized suffixes).
8946
8947 @anchor{alternative decompression programs}
8948 @cindex alternative decompression programs
8949 Some compression programs are able to handle different compression
8950 formats. @GNUTAR{} uses this, if the principal decompressor for the
8951 given format is not available. For example, if @command{compress} is
8952 not installed, @command{tar} will try to use @command{gzip}. As of
8953 version @value{VERSION} the following alternatives are
8954 tried@footnote{To verbosely trace the decompressor selection, use the
8955 @option{--warning=decompress-program} option
8956 (@pxref{warnings,decompress-program}).}:
8957
8958 @multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.3 0.3
8959 @headitem Format @tab Main decompressor @tab Alternatives
8960 @item compress @tab compress @tab gzip
8961 @item lzma @tab lzma @tab xz
8962 @item bzip2 @tab bzip2 @tab lbzip2
8963 @end multitable
8964
8965 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
8966 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
8967 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
8968 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
8969
8970 @smallexample
8971 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
8972 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
8973 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
8974 @end smallexample
8975
8976 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
8977 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
8978
8979 @smallexample
8980 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tzf -}
8981 @end smallexample
8982
8983 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
8984 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
8985 modified, i.e., you cannot update (@option{--update}, alias @option{-u})
8986 them or delete (@option{--delete}) members from them or
8987 add (@option{--append}, alias @option{-r}) members to them. Likewise, you
8988 cannot append another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
8989 @option{--concatenate} (@option{-A}). Secondly, multi-volume
8990 archives cannot be compressed.
8991
8992 The following options allow to select a particular compressor program:
8993
8994 @table @option
8995 @opindex gzip
8996 @opindex ungzip
8997 @item -z
8998 @itemx --gzip
8999 @itemx --ungzip
9000 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
9001
9002 @opindex xz
9003 @item -J
9004 @itemx --xz
9005 Filter the archive through @code{xz}.
9006
9007 @item -j
9008 @itemx --bzip2
9009 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}.
9010
9011 @opindex lzip
9012 @item --lzip
9013 Filter the archive through @command{lzip}.
9014
9015 @opindex lzma
9016 @item --lzma
9017 Filter the archive through @command{lzma}.
9018
9019 @opindex lzop
9020 @item --lzop
9021 Filter the archive through @command{lzop}.
9022
9023 @opindex compress
9024 @opindex uncompress
9025 @item -Z
9026 @itemx --compress
9027 @itemx --uncompress
9028 Filter the archive through @command{compress}.
9029 @end table
9030
9031 When any of these options is given, @GNUTAR{} searches the compressor
9032 binary in the current path and invokes it. The name of the compressor
9033 program is specified at compilation time using a corresponding
9034 @option{--with-@var{compname}} option to @command{configure}, e.g.
9035 @option{--with-bzip2} to select a specific @command{bzip2} binary.
9036 @xref{lbzip2}, for a detailed discussion.
9037
9038 The output produced by @command{tar --help} shows the actual
9039 compressor names along with each of these options.
9040
9041 You can use any of these options on physical devices (tape drives,
9042 etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data to or from
9043 such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy of the
9044 @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
9045 size. The default compression parameters are used. Most compression
9046 programs let you override these by setting a program-specific
9047 environment variable. For example, with @command{gzip} you can set
9048 @env{GZIP}:
9049
9050 @smallexample
9051 $ @kbd{GZIP='-9 -n' tar czf archive.tar.gz subdir}
9052 @end smallexample
9053 Another way would be to use the @option{-I} option instead (see
9054 below), e.g.:
9055
9056 @smallexample
9057 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -I 'gzip -9 -n' subdir}
9058 @end smallexample
9059
9060 @noindent
9061 Finally, the third, traditional, way to do this is to use a pipe:
9062
9063 @smallexample
9064 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip -9 -n > archive.tar.gz}
9065 @end smallexample
9066
9067 @cindex corrupted archives
9068 Compressed archives are easily corrupted, because compressed files
9069 have little redundancy. The adaptive nature of the
9070 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
9071 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
9072 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
9073 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
9074
9075 Other compression options provide better control over creating
9076 compressed archives. These are:
9077
9078 @table @option
9079 @anchor{auto-compress}
9080 @opindex auto-compress
9081 @item --auto-compress
9082 @itemx -a
9083 Select a compression program to use by the archive file name
9084 suffix. The following suffixes are recognized:
9085
9086 @multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.6
9087 @headitem Suffix @tab Compression program
9088 @item @samp{.gz} @tab @command{gzip}
9089 @item @samp{.tgz} @tab @command{gzip}
9090 @item @samp{.taz} @tab @command{gzip}
9091 @item @samp{.Z} @tab @command{compress}
9092 @item @samp{.taZ} @tab @command{compress}
9093 @item @samp{.bz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9094 @item @samp{.tz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9095 @item @samp{.tbz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9096 @item @samp{.tbz} @tab @command{bzip2}
9097 @item @samp{.lz} @tab @command{lzip}
9098 @item @samp{.lzma} @tab @command{lzma}
9099 @item @samp{.tlz} @tab @command{lzma}
9100 @item @samp{.lzo} @tab @command{lzop}
9101 @item @samp{.xz} @tab @command{xz}
9102 @end multitable
9103
9104 @anchor{use-compress-program}
9105 @opindex use-compress-program
9106 @item --use-compress-program=@var{command}
9107 @itemx -I=@var{command}
9108 Use external compression program @var{command}. Use this option if you
9109 are not happy with the compression program associated with the suffix
9110 at compile time or if you have a compression program that @GNUTAR{}
9111 does not support. The @var{command} argument is a valid command
9112 invocation, as you would type it at the command line prompt, with any
9113 additional options as needed. Enclose it in quotes if it contains
9114 white space (see @ref{external, Running External Commands}, for more detail).
9115
9116 The @var{command} should follow two conventions:
9117
9118 First, when invoked without additional options, it should read data
9119 from standard input, compress it and output it on standard output.
9120
9121 Secondly, if invoked with the additional @option{-d} option, it should
9122 do exactly the opposite, i.e., read the compressed data from the
9123 standard input and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
9124
9125 The latter requirement means that you must not use the @option{-d}
9126 option as a part of the @var{command} itself.
9127 @end table
9128
9129 @cindex gpg, using with tar
9130 @cindex gnupg, using with tar
9131 @cindex Using encrypted archives
9132 The @option{--use-compress-program} option, in particular, lets you
9133 implement your own filters, not necessarily dealing with
9134 compression/decompression. For example, suppose you wish to implement
9135 PGP encryption on top of compression, using @command{gpg} (@pxref{Top,
9136 gpg, gpg ---- encryption and signing tool, gpg, GNU Privacy Guard
9137 Manual}). The following script does that:
9138
9139 @smallexample
9140 @group
9141 #! /bin/sh
9142 case $1 in
9143 -d) gpg --decrypt - | gzip -d -c;;
9144 '') gzip -c | gpg -s;;
9145 *) echo "Unknown option $1">&2; exit 1;;
9146 esac
9147 @end group
9148 @end smallexample
9149
9150 Suppose you name it @file{gpgz} and save it somewhere in your
9151 @env{PATH}. Then the following command will create a compressed
9152 archive signed with your private key:
9153
9154 @smallexample
9155 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar.gpgz -Igpgz .}
9156 @end smallexample
9157
9158 @noindent
9159 Likewise, the command below will list its contents:
9160
9161 @smallexample
9162 $ @kbd{tar -tf foo.tar.gpgz -Igpgz .}
9163 @end smallexample
9164
9165 @ignore
9166 The above is based on the following discussion:
9167
9168 I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
9169 to do it now. I would like to use @option{--gzip}, but I'd also like
9170 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
9171 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
9172 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
9173 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
9174 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
9175 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
9176 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
9177 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
9178
9179 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
9180 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
9181 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
9182 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
9183 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
9184
9185 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
9186 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
9187 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
9188 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
9189 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
9190
9191 Isn't that exactly the role of the
9192 @option{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}} option?
9193 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
9194 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
9195 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
9196 extraction is needed rather than creation.
9197
9198 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
9199 @option{--gzip} or @option{--compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
9200 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
9201 end up with less space on the tape.
9202 @end ignore
9203
9204 @menu
9205 * lbzip2:: Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
9206 @end menu
9207
9208 @node lbzip2
9209 @subsubsection Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
9210 @cindex lbzip2
9211 @cindex Laszlo Ersek
9212 @command{Lbzip2} is a multithreaded utility for handling
9213 @samp{bzip2} compression, written by Laszlo Ersek. It makes use of
9214 multiple processors to speed up its operation and in general works
9215 considerably faster than @command{bzip2}. For a detailed description
9216 of @command{lbzip2} see @uref{http://freshmeat.net/@/projects/@/lbzip2} and
9217 @uref{http://www.linuxinsight.com/@/lbzip2-parallel-bzip2-utility.html,
9218 lbzip2: parallel bzip2 utility}.
9219
9220 Recent versions of @command{lbzip2} are mostly command line compatible
9221 with @command{bzip2}, which makes it possible to automatically invoke
9222 it via the @option{--bzip2} @GNUTAR{} command line option. To do so,
9223 @GNUTAR{} must be configured with the @option{--with-bzip2} command
9224 line option, like this:
9225
9226 @smallexample
9227 $ @kbd{./configure --with-bzip2=lbzip2 [@var{other-options}]}
9228 @end smallexample
9229
9230 Once configured and compiled this way, @command{tar --help} will show the
9231 following:
9232
9233 @smallexample
9234 @group
9235 $ @kbd{tar --help | grep -- --bzip2}
9236 -j, --bzip2 filter the archive through lbzip2
9237 @end group
9238 @end smallexample
9239
9240 @noindent
9241 which means that running @command{tar --bzip2} will invoke @command{lbzip2}.
9242
9243 @node sparse
9244 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
9245 @cindex Sparse Files
9246
9247 Files in the file system occasionally have @dfn{holes}. A @dfn{hole}
9248 in a file is a section of the file's contents which was never written.
9249 The contents of a hole reads as all zeros. On many operating systems,
9250 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
9251 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
9252 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
9253 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @option{--sparse}
9254 (@option{-S}). When you use this option, then, for any file using
9255 less disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar}
9256 searches the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records
9257 in the archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros
9258 are, and only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On
9259 extraction (using @option{--sparse} is not needed on extraction) any
9260 such files have holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros
9261 were found. Thus, if you use @option{--sparse}, @command{tar} archives
9262 won't take more space than the original.
9263
9264 @table @option
9265 @opindex sparse
9266 @item -S
9267 @itemx --sparse
9268 This option instructs @command{tar} to test each file for sparseness
9269 before attempting to archive it. If the file is found to be sparse it
9270 is treated specially, thus allowing to decrease the amount of space
9271 used by its image in the archive.
9272
9273 This option is meaningful only when creating or updating archives. It
9274 has no effect on extraction.
9275 @end table
9276
9277 Consider using @option{--sparse} when performing file system backups,
9278 to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored sparsely in the
9279 system.
9280
9281 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
9282 created in the future. If you use @option{--sparse} while making file
9283 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
9284 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
9285 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
9286 hundreds of tapes). @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
9287
9288 However, be aware that @option{--sparse} option presents a serious
9289 drawback. Namely, in order to determine if the file is sparse
9290 @command{tar} has to read it before trying to archive it, so in total
9291 the file is read @strong{twice}. So, always bear in mind that the
9292 time needed to process all files with this option is roughly twice
9293 the time needed to archive them without it.
9294 @FIXME{A technical note:
9295
9296 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
9297 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
9298 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
9299 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
9300 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
9301 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
9302 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
9303 1990-12-10:
9304
9305 @quotation
9306 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
9307 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
9308 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
9309 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
9310 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
9311 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
9312
9313 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
9314 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
9315 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
9316 get it right.
9317 @end quotation
9318 }
9319
9320 @cindex sparse formats, defined
9321 When using @samp{POSIX} archive format, @GNUTAR{} is able to store
9322 sparse files using in three distinct ways, called @dfn{sparse
9323 formats}. A sparse format is identified by its @dfn{number},
9324 consisting, as usual of two decimal numbers, delimited by a dot. By
9325 default, format @samp{1.0} is used. If, for some reason, you wish to
9326 use an earlier format, you can select it using
9327 @option{--sparse-version} option.
9328
9329 @table @option
9330 @opindex sparse-version
9331 @item --sparse-version=@var{version}
9332
9333 Select the format to store sparse files in. Valid @var{version} values
9334 are: @samp{0.0}, @samp{0.1} and @samp{1.0}. @xref{Sparse Formats},
9335 for a detailed description of each format.
9336 @end table
9337
9338 Using @option{--sparse-format} option implies @option{--sparse}.
9339
9340 @node Attributes
9341 @section Handling File Attributes
9342 @cindex atrributes, files
9343 @cindex file attributes
9344
9345 When @command{tar} reads files, it updates their access times. To
9346 avoid this, use the @option{--atime-preserve[=METHOD]} option, which can either
9347 reset the access time retroactively or avoid changing it in the first
9348 place.
9349
9350 @table @option
9351 @opindex atime-preserve
9352 @item --atime-preserve
9353 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
9354 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
9355 Preserve the access times of files that are read. This works only for
9356 files that you own, unless you have superuser privileges.
9357
9358 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} works on most systems, but it also
9359 restores the data modification time and updates the status change
9360 time. Hence it doesn't interact with incremental dumps nicely
9361 (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}), and it can set access or data modification times
9362 incorrectly if other programs access the file while @command{tar} is
9363 running.
9364
9365 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing the access time in
9366 the first place, if the operating system supports this.
9367 Unfortunately, this may or may not work on any given operating system
9368 or file system. If @command{tar} knows for sure it won't work, it
9369 complains right away.
9370
9371 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
9372 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this is intended to change to
9373 @option{--atime-preserve=system} when the latter is better-supported.
9374
9375 @opindex touch
9376 @item -m
9377 @itemx --touch
9378 Do not extract data modification time.
9379
9380 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the data modification times
9381 of the files it extracts as the times when the files were extracted,
9382 instead of setting it to the times recorded in the archive.
9383
9384 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9385
9386 @opindex same-owner
9387 @item --same-owner
9388 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
9389 archive.
9390
9391 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
9392 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
9393 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
9394 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
9395 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
9396 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
9397 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
9398
9399 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user @acronym{ID} and user name
9400 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user @acronym{ID} is not
9401 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
9402 it tries to look the name (if one was written) up in
9403 @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user @acronym{ID} stored in
9404 the archive instead.
9405
9406 @opindex no-same-owner
9407 @item --no-same-owner
9408 @itemx -o
9409 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
9410 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
9411 only for the superuser.
9412
9413 @opindex numeric-owner
9414 @item --numeric-owner
9415 The @option{--numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
9416 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
9417 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
9418 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
9419 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
9420
9421 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
9422 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
9423 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
9424 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
9425 one belonging to the file system(s) being extracted. This occurs,
9426 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
9427 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
9428 disk into another machine to do the restore.
9429
9430 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
9431 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
9432 system, unless @option{--format=oldgnu} is used. Numeric ids could be
9433 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
9434 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
9435 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
9436
9437 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
9438 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
9439 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
9440 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
9441 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
9442 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
9443 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
9444 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
9445 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
9446 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
9447 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
9448 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
9449 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
9450 gives you a great deal of control already.
9451
9452 @xopindex{same-permissions, short description}
9453 @xopindex{preserve-permissions, short description}
9454 @item -p
9455 @itemx --same-permissions
9456 @itemx --preserve-permissions
9457 Extract all protection information.
9458
9459 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
9460 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
9461 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
9462 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
9463 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
9464
9465
9466 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9467
9468 @opindex preserve
9469 @item --preserve
9470 Same as both @option{--same-permissions} and @option{--same-order}.
9471
9472 This option is deprecated, and will be removed in @GNUTAR{} version 1.23.
9473
9474 @end table
9475
9476 @node Portability
9477 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
9478
9479 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
9480 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
9481 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
9482 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
9483 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
9484 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
9485 archives more portable.
9486
9487 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
9488 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
9489 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
9490 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
9491
9492 @FIXME{Discuss GNU extensions (incremental backups, multi-volume
9493 archives and archive labels) in GNU and PAX formats.}
9494
9495 @menu
9496 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
9497 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
9498 * hard links:: Hard Links
9499 * old:: Old V7 Archives
9500 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
9501 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
9502 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
9503 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
9504 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
9505 * Other Tars:: How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
9506 Other @command{tar} Implementations
9507 @end menu
9508
9509 @node Portable Names
9510 @subsection Portable Names
9511
9512 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
9513 only @acronym{ASCII} letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
9514 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
9515 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
9516 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
9517 less.
9518
9519 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
9520 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
9521 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
9522 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
9523 than System V's.
9524
9525 @node dereference
9526 @subsection Symbolic Links
9527 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
9528 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
9529
9530 @opindex dereference
9531 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
9532 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
9533 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the file system contents.
9534 When @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}) is used with
9535 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), @command{tar} archives the files
9536 symbolic links point to, instead of
9537 the links themselves.
9538
9539 When creating portable archives, use @option{--dereference}
9540 (@option{-h}): some systems do not support
9541 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
9542 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
9543
9544 When reading from an archive, the @option{--dereference} (@option{-h})
9545 option causes @command{tar} to follow an already-existing symbolic
9546 link when @command{tar} writes or reads a file named in the archive.
9547 Ordinarily, @command{tar} does not follow such a link, though it may
9548 remove the link before writing a new file. @xref{Dealing with Old
9549 Files}.
9550
9551 The @option{--dereference} option is unsafe if an untrusted user can
9552 modify directories while @command{tar} is running. @xref{Security}.
9553
9554 @node hard links
9555 @subsection Hard Links
9556 @cindex File names, using hard links
9557 @cindex hard links, dereferencing
9558 @cindex dereferencing hard links
9559
9560 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a hard link, it writes a
9561 block to the archive naming the target of the link (a @samp{1} type
9562 block). In that way, the actual file contents is stored in file only
9563 once. For example, consider the following two files:
9564
9565 @smallexample
9566 @group
9567 $ ls -l
9568 -rw-r--r-- 2 gray staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 one
9569 -rw-r--r-- 2 gray staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 jeden
9570 @end group
9571 @end smallexample
9572
9573 Here, @file{jeden} is a link to @file{one}. When archiving this
9574 directory with a verbose level 2, you will get an output similar to
9575 the following:
9576
9577 @smallexample
9578 $ tar cvvf ../archive.tar .
9579 drwxr-xr-x gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:13 ./
9580 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./jeden
9581 hrw-r--r-- gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:11 ./one link to ./jeden
9582 @end smallexample
9583
9584 The last line shows that, instead of storing two copies of the file,
9585 @command{tar} stored it only once, under the name @file{jeden}, and
9586 stored file @file{one} as a hard link to this file.
9587
9588 It may be important to know that all hard links to the given file are
9589 stored in the archive. For example, this may be necessary for exact
9590 reproduction of the file system. The following option does that:
9591
9592 @table @option
9593 @xopindex{check-links, described}
9594 @item --check-links
9595 @itemx -l
9596 Check the number of links dumped for each processed file. If this
9597 number does not match the total number of hard links for the file, print
9598 a warning message.
9599 @end table
9600
9601 For example, trying to archive only file @file{jeden} with this option
9602 produces the following diagnostics:
9603
9604 @smallexample
9605 $ tar -c -f ../archive.tar -l jeden
9606 tar: Missing links to 'jeden'.
9607 @end smallexample
9608
9609 Although creating special records for hard links helps keep a faithful
9610 record of the file system contents and makes archives more compact, it
9611 may present some difficulties when extracting individual members from
9612 the archive. For example, trying to extract file @file{one} from the
9613 archive created in previous examples produces, in the absense of file
9614 @file{jeden}:
9615
9616 @smallexample
9617 $ tar xf archive.tar ./one
9618 tar: ./one: Cannot hard link to './jeden': No such file or directory
9619 tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
9620 @end smallexample
9621
9622 The reason for this behavior is that @command{tar} cannot seek back in
9623 the archive to the previous member (in this case, @file{one}), to
9624 extract it@footnote{There are plans to fix this in future releases.}.
9625 If you wish to avoid such problems at the cost of a bigger archive,
9626 use the following option:
9627
9628 @table @option
9629 @xopindex{hard-dereference, described}
9630 @item --hard-dereference
9631 Dereference hard links and store the files they refer to.
9632 @end table
9633
9634 For example, trying this option on our two sample files, we get two
9635 copies in the archive, each of which can then be extracted
9636 independently of the other:
9637
9638 @smallexample
9639 @group
9640 $ tar -c -vv -f ../archive.tar --hard-dereference .
9641 drwxr-xr-x gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:13 ./
9642 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./jeden
9643 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./one
9644 @end group
9645 @end smallexample
9646
9647 @node old
9648 @subsection Old V7 Archives
9649 @cindex Format, old style
9650 @cindex Old style format
9651 @cindex Old style archives
9652 @cindex v7 archive format
9653
9654 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
9655 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
9656 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
9657 versions, specify the @option{--format=v7} option in
9658 conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) (@command{tar} also
9659 accepts @option{--portability} or @option{--old-archive} for this
9660 option). When you specify it,
9661 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
9662 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
9663 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
9664
9665 When updating an archive, do not use @option{--format=v7}
9666 unless the archive was created using this option.
9667
9668 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
9669 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
9670 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
9671 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
9672 always use @option{--format=v7} for your distributions. Notice,
9673 however, that @samp{ustar} format is a better alternative, as it is
9674 free from many of @samp{v7}'s drawbacks.
9675
9676 @node ustar
9677 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
9678
9679 @cindex ustar archive format
9680 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
9681 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
9682 still has many restrictions (@pxref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
9683 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
9684 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
9685 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
9686
9687 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @option{--format=ustar}
9688 option in conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}).
9689
9690 @node gnu
9691 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
9692
9693 @cindex GNU archive format
9694 @cindex Old GNU archive format
9695 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
9696 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
9697 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
9698 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
9699 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
9700 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
9701 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
9702 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
9703 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
9704
9705 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
9706 this format by default. This will change in future releases, since
9707 we plan to make @samp{POSIX} format the default.
9708
9709 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
9710 @option{--format=gnu}.
9711
9712 @node posix
9713 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
9714
9715 @cindex POSIX archive format
9716 @cindex PAX archive format
9717 Starting from version 1.14 @GNUTAR{} features full support for
9718 @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives.
9719
9720 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
9721 was given @option{--format=posix} (@option{--format=pax}) option. No
9722 special option is required to read and extract from a @acronym{POSIX}
9723 archive.
9724
9725 @menu
9726 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
9727 @end menu
9728
9729 @node PAX keywords
9730 @subsubsection Controlling Extended Header Keywords
9731
9732 @table @option
9733 @opindex pax-option
9734 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
9735 Handle keywords in @acronym{PAX} extended headers. This option is
9736 equivalent to @option{-o} option of the @command{pax} utility.
9737 @end table
9738
9739 @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
9740 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
9741 the following forms:
9742
9743 @table @code
9744 @item delete=@var{pattern}
9745 When used with one of archive-creation commands,
9746 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
9747 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
9748
9749 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
9750 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
9751 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
9752 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13
9753 (@pxref{wildcards}). For example:
9754
9755 @smallexample
9756 --pax-option delete=security.*
9757 @end smallexample
9758
9759 would suppress security-related information.
9760
9761 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
9762
9763 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
9764 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
9765 from @var{string} after making the following substitutions:
9766
9767 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9768 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9769 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
9770 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated file name.
9771 @item %f @tab The name of the file with the directory information
9772 stripped, equivalent to the result of the @command{basename} utility
9773 on the translated file name.
9774 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
9775 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
9776 @end multitable
9777
9778 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
9779 results.
9780
9781 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
9782 will use the following default value:
9783
9784 @smallexample
9785 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
9786 @end smallexample
9787
9788 @item exthdr.mtime=@var{value}
9789
9790 This keyword defines the value of the @samp{mtime} field that
9791 is written into the ustar header blocks for the extended headers.
9792 By default, the @samp{mtime} field is set to the modification time
9793 of the archive member described by that extended headers.
9794
9795 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
9796 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
9797 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
9798 is obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after making
9799 the following substitutions:
9800
9801 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9802 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9803 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
9804 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
9805 starting at 1.
9806 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
9807 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
9808 @end multitable
9809
9810 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined results.
9811
9812 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
9813 will use the following default value:
9814
9815 @smallexample
9816 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
9817 @end smallexample
9818
9819 @noindent
9820 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
9821 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
9822 uses @samp{/tmp}.
9823
9824 @item globexthdr.mtime=@var{value}
9825
9826 This keyword defines the value of the @samp{mtime} field that
9827 is written into the ustar header blocks for the global extended headers.
9828 By default, the @samp{mtime} field is set to the time when
9829 @command{tar} was invoked.
9830
9831 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
9832 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
9833 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
9834 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
9835 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
9836 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
9837 record.
9838
9839 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
9840 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
9841 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
9842 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
9843 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
9844
9845 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
9846 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
9847 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
9848 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
9849 For example, in the command:
9850
9851 @smallexample
9852 tar --format=posix --create \
9853 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
9854 @end smallexample
9855
9856 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
9857 stored in the archive.
9858 @end table
9859
9860 In any of the forms described above, the @var{value} may be
9861 a string enclosed in curly braces. In that case, the string
9862 between the braces is understood either as a textual time
9863 representation, as described in @ref{Date input formats}, or a name of
9864 the existing file, starting with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the latter
9865 case, the modification time of that file is used.
9866
9867 For example, to set all modification times to the current date, you
9868 use the following option:
9869
9870 @smallexample
9871 --pax-option='mtime:=@{now@}'
9872 @end smallexample
9873
9874 Note quoting of the option's argument.
9875
9876 @cindex archives, binary equivalent
9877 @cindex binary equivalent archives, creating
9878 As another example, here is the option that ensures that any two
9879 archives created using it, will be binary equivalent if they have the
9880 same contents:
9881
9882 @smallexample
9883 --pax-option=exthdr.name=%d/PaxHeaders/%f,atime:=0
9884 @end smallexample
9885
9886 @node Checksumming
9887 @subsection Checksumming Problems
9888
9889 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
9890 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-@acronym{ASCII} file names, that
9891 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
9892 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
9893 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
9894 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
9895 accepts any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
9896 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
9897 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
9898 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
9899 vice versa.
9900
9901 @GNUTAR{} computes checksums both ways, and accept
9902 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
9903 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
9904 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
9905 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
9906 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
9907 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
9908 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
9909
9910 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
9911 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
9912 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
9913 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
9914 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
9915 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
9916 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
9917 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
9918 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
9919 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
9920 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
9921
9922 @node Large or Negative Values
9923 @subsection Large or Negative Values
9924 @cindex large values
9925 @cindex future time stamps
9926 @cindex negative time stamps
9927 @UNREVISED
9928
9929 The above sections suggest to use @samp{oldest possible} archive
9930 format if in doubt. However, sometimes it is not possible. If you
9931 attempt to archive a file whose metadata cannot be represented using
9932 required format, @GNUTAR{} will print error message and ignore such a
9933 file. You will than have to switch to a format that is able to
9934 handle such values. The format summary table (@pxref{Formats}) will
9935 help you to do so.
9936
9937 In particular, when trying to archive files larger than 8GB or with
9938 timestamps not in the range 1970-01-01 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16
9939 12:56:31 @sc{utc}, you will have to chose between @acronym{GNU} and
9940 @acronym{POSIX} archive formats. When considering which format to
9941 choose, bear in mind that the @acronym{GNU} format uses
9942 two's-complement base-256 notation to store values that do not fit
9943 into standard @acronym{ustar} range. Such archives can generally be
9944 read only by a @GNUTAR{} implementation. Moreover, they sometimes
9945 cannot be correctly restored on another hosts even by @GNUTAR{}. For
9946 example, using two's complement representation for negative time
9947 stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t} generates archives
9948 that are not portable to hosts with differing @code{time_t}
9949 representations.
9950
9951 On the other hand, @acronym{POSIX} archives, generally speaking, can
9952 be extracted by any tar implementation that understands older
9953 @acronym{ustar} format. The only exception are files larger than 8GB.
9954
9955 @FIXME{Describe how @acronym{POSIX} archives are extracted by non
9956 POSIX-aware tars.}
9957
9958 @node Other Tars
9959 @subsection How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
9960
9961 In previous sections you became acquainted with various quirks
9962 necessary to make your archives portable. Sometimes you may need to
9963 extract archives containing GNU-specific members using some
9964 third-party @command{tar} implementation or an older version of
9965 @GNUTAR{}. Of course your best bet is to have @GNUTAR{} installed,
9966 but if it is for some reason impossible, this section will explain
9967 how to cope without it.
9968
9969 When we speak about @dfn{GNU-specific} members we mean two classes of
9970 them: members split between the volumes of a multi-volume archive and
9971 sparse members. You will be able to always recover such members if
9972 the archive is in PAX format. In addition split members can be
9973 recovered from archives in old GNU format. The following subsections
9974 describe the required procedures in detail.
9975
9976 @menu
9977 * Split Recovery:: Members Split Between Volumes
9978 * Sparse Recovery:: Sparse Members
9979 @end menu
9980
9981 @node Split Recovery
9982 @subsubsection Extracting Members Split Between Volumes
9983
9984 @cindex Mutli-volume archives, extracting using non-GNU tars
9985 If a member is split between several volumes of an old GNU format archive
9986 most third party @command{tar} implementation will fail to extract
9987 it. To extract it, use @command{tarcat} program (@pxref{Tarcat}).
9988 This program is available from
9989 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/tarcat.html, @GNUTAR{}
9990 home page}. It concatenates several archive volumes into a single
9991 valid archive. For example, if you have three volumes named from
9992 @file{vol-1.tar} to @file{vol-3.tar}, you can do the following to
9993 extract them using a third-party @command{tar}:
9994
9995 @smallexample
9996 $ @kbd{tarcat vol-1.tar vol-2.tar vol-3.tar | tar xf -}
9997 @end smallexample
9998
9999 @cindex Mutli-volume archives in PAX format, extracting using non-GNU tars
10000 You could use this approach for most (although not all) PAX
10001 format archives as well. However, extracting split members from a PAX
10002 archive is a much easier task, because PAX volumes are constructed in
10003 such a way that each part of a split member is extracted to a
10004 different file by @command{tar} implementations that are not aware of
10005 GNU extensions. More specifically, the very first part retains its
10006 original name, and all subsequent parts are named using the pattern:
10007
10008 @smallexample
10009 %d/GNUFileParts.%p/%f.%n
10010 @end smallexample
10011
10012 @noindent
10013 where symbols preceeded by @samp{%} are @dfn{macro characters} that
10014 have the following meaning:
10015
10016 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
10017 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
10018 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
10019 result of the @command{dirname} utility on its full name.
10020 @item %f @tab The file name of the file, equivalent to the result
10021 of the @command{basename} utility on its full name.
10022 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process that
10023 created the archive.
10024 @item %n @tab Ordinal number of this particular part.
10025 @end multitable
10026
10027 For example, if the file @file{var/longfile} was split during archive
10028 creation between three volumes, and the creator @command{tar} process
10029 had process @acronym{ID} @samp{27962}, then the member names will be:
10030
10031 @smallexample
10032 var/longfile
10033 var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1
10034 var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2
10035 @end smallexample
10036
10037 When you extract your archive using a third-party @command{tar}, these
10038 files will be created on your disk, and the only thing you will need
10039 to do to restore your file in its original form is concatenate them in
10040 the proper order, for example:
10041
10042 @smallexample
10043 @group
10044 $ @kbd{cd var}
10045 $ @kbd{cat GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1 \
10046 GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2 >> longfile}
10047 $ rm -f GNUFileParts.27962
10048 @end group
10049 @end smallexample
10050
10051 Notice, that if the @command{tar} implementation you use supports PAX
10052 format archives, it will probably emit warnings about unknown keywords
10053 during extraction. They will look like this:
10054
10055 @smallexample
10056 @group
10057 Tar file too small
10058 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.filename' ignored.
10059 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.size' ignored.
10060 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.offset' ignored.
10061 @end group
10062 @end smallexample
10063
10064 @noindent
10065 You can safely ignore these warnings.
10066
10067 If your @command{tar} implementation is not PAX-aware, you will get
10068 more warnings and more files generated on your disk, e.g.:
10069
10070 @smallexample
10071 @group
10072 $ @kbd{tar xf vol-1.tar}
10073 var/PaxHeaders.27962/longfile: Unknown file type 'x', extracted as
10074 normal file
10075 Unexpected EOF in archive
10076 $ @kbd{tar xf vol-2.tar}
10077 tmp/GlobalHead.27962.1: Unknown file type 'g', extracted as normal file
10078 GNUFileParts.27962/PaxHeaders.27962/sparsefile.1: Unknown file type
10079 'x', extracted as normal file
10080 @end group
10081 @end smallexample
10082
10083 Ignore these warnings. The @file{PaxHeaders.*} directories created
10084 will contain files with @dfn{extended header keywords} describing the
10085 extracted files. You can delete them, unless they describe sparse
10086 members. Read further to learn more about them.
10087
10088 @node Sparse Recovery
10089 @subsubsection Extracting Sparse Members
10090
10091 @cindex sparse files, extracting with non-GNU tars
10092 Any @command{tar} implementation will be able to extract sparse members from a
10093 PAX archive. However, the extracted files will be @dfn{condensed},
10094 i.e., any zero blocks will be removed from them. When we restore such
10095 a condensed file to its original form, by adding zero blocks (or
10096 @dfn{holes}) back to their original locations, we call this process
10097 @dfn{expanding} a compressed sparse file.
10098
10099 @pindex xsparse
10100 To expand a file, you will need a simple auxiliary program called
10101 @command{xsparse}. It is available in source form from
10102 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/xsparse.html, @GNUTAR{}
10103 home page}.
10104
10105 @cindex sparse files v.1.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
10106 Let's begin with archive members in @dfn{sparse format
10107 version 1.0}@footnote{@xref{PAX 1}.}, which are the easiest to expand.
10108 The condensed file will contain both file map and file data, so no
10109 additional data will be needed to restore it. If the original file
10110 name was @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the condensed file will be
10111 named @file{@var{dir}/@/GNUSparseFile.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
10112 @var{n} is a decimal number@footnote{Technically speaking, @var{n} is a
10113 @dfn{process @acronym{ID}} of the @command{tar} process which created the
10114 archive (@pxref{PAX keywords}).}.
10115
10116 To expand a version 1.0 file, run @command{xsparse} as follows:
10117
10118 @smallexample
10119 $ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file}}
10120 @end smallexample
10121
10122 @noindent
10123 where @file{cond-file} is the name of the condensed file. The utility
10124 will deduce the name for the resulting expanded file using the
10125 following algorithm:
10126
10127 @enumerate 1
10128 @item If @file{cond-file} does not contain any directories,
10129 @file{../cond-file} will be used;
10130
10131 @item If @file{cond-file} has the form
10132 @file{@var{dir}/@var{t}/@var{name}}, where both @var{t} and @var{name}
10133 are simple names, with no @samp{/} characters in them, the output file
10134 name will be @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}.
10135
10136 @item Otherwise, if @file{cond-file} has the form
10137 @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, the output file name will be
10138 @file{@var{name}}.
10139 @end enumerate
10140
10141 In the unlikely case when this algorithm does not suit your needs,
10142 you can explicitly specify output file name as a second argument to
10143 the command:
10144
10145 @smallexample
10146 $ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file} @file{out-file}}
10147 @end smallexample
10148
10149 It is often a good idea to run @command{xsparse} in @dfn{dry run} mode
10150 first. In this mode, the command does not actually expand the file,
10151 but verbosely lists all actions it would be taking to do so. The dry
10152 run mode is enabled by @option{-n} command line argument:
10153
10154 @smallexample
10155 @group
10156 $ @kbd{xsparse -n /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10157 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10158 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10159 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10160 Finished dry run
10161 @end group
10162 @end smallexample
10163
10164 To actually expand the file, you would run:
10165
10166 @smallexample
10167 $ @kbd{xsparse /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10168 @end smallexample
10169
10170 @noindent
10171 The program behaves the same way all UNIX utilities do: it will keep
10172 quiet unless it has simething important to tell you (e.g. an error
10173 condition or something). If you wish it to produce verbose output,
10174 similar to that from the dry run mode, use @option{-v} option:
10175
10176 @smallexample
10177 @group
10178 $ @kbd{xsparse -v /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10179 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10180 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10181 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10182 Done
10183 @end group
10184 @end smallexample
10185
10186 Additionally, if your @command{tar} implementation has extracted the
10187 @dfn{extended headers} for this file, you can instruct @command{xstar}
10188 to use them in order to verify the integrity of the expanded file.
10189 The option @option{-x} sets the name of the extended header file to
10190 use. Continuing our example:
10191
10192 @smallexample
10193 @group
10194 $ @kbd{xsparse -v -x /home/gray/PaxHeaders.6058/sparsefile \
10195 /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10196 Reading extended header file
10197 Found variable GNU.sparse.major = 1
10198 Found variable GNU.sparse.minor = 0
10199 Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
10200 Found variable GNU.sparse.realsize = 217481216
10201 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10202 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10203 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10204 Done
10205 @end group
10206 @end smallexample
10207
10208 @anchor{extracting sparse v.0.x}
10209 @cindex sparse files v.0.1, extracting with non-GNU tars
10210 @cindex sparse files v.0.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
10211 An @dfn{extended header} is a special @command{tar} archive header
10212 that precedes an archive member and contains a set of
10213 @dfn{variables}, describing the member properties that cannot be
10214 stored in the standard @code{ustar} header. While optional for
10215 expanding sparse version 1.0 members, the use of extended headers is
10216 mandatory when expanding sparse members in older sparse formats: v.0.0
10217 and v.0.1 (The sparse formats are described in detail in @ref{Sparse
10218 Formats}.) So, for these formats, the question is: how to obtain
10219 extended headers from the archive?
10220
10221 If you use a @command{tar} implementation that does not support PAX
10222 format, extended headers for each member will be extracted as a
10223 separate file. If we represent the member name as
10224 @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the extended header file will be
10225 named @file{@var{dir}/@/PaxHeaders.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
10226 @var{n} is an integer number.
10227
10228 Things become more difficult if your @command{tar} implementation
10229 does support PAX headers, because in this case you will have to
10230 manually extract the headers. We recommend the following algorithm:
10231
10232 @enumerate 1
10233 @item
10234 Consult the documentation of your @command{tar} implementation for an
10235 option that prints @dfn{block numbers} along with the archive
10236 listing (analogous to @GNUTAR{}'s @option{-R} option). For example,
10237 @command{star} has @option{-block-number}.
10238
10239 @item
10240 Obtain verbose listing using the @samp{block number} option, and
10241 find block numbers of the sparse member in question and the member
10242 immediately following it. For example, running @command{star} on our
10243 archive we obtain:
10244
10245 @smallexample
10246 @group
10247 $ @kbd{star -t -v -block-number -f arc.tar}
10248 @dots{}
10249 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.size' ignored.
10250 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.numblocks' ignored.
10251 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.name' ignored.
10252 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.map' ignored.
10253 block 56: 425984 -rw-r--r-- gray/users Jun 25 14:46 2006 GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile
10254 block 897: 65391 -rw-r--r-- gray/users Jun 24 20:06 2006 README
10255 @dots{}
10256 @end group
10257 @end smallexample
10258
10259 @noindent
10260 (as usual, ignore the warnings about unknown keywords.)
10261
10262 @item
10263 Let @var{size} be the size of the sparse member, @var{Bs} be its block number
10264 and @var{Bn} be the block number of the next member.
10265 Compute:
10266
10267 @smallexample
10268 @var{N} = @var{Bs} - @var{Bn} - @var{size}/512 - 2
10269 @end smallexample
10270
10271 @noindent
10272 This number gives the size of the extended header part in tar @dfn{blocks}.
10273 In our example, this formula gives: @code{897 - 56 - 425984 / 512 - 2
10274 = 7}.
10275
10276 @item
10277 Use @command{dd} to extract the headers:
10278
10279 @smallexample
10280 @kbd{dd if=@var{archive} of=@var{hname} bs=512 skip=@var{Bs} count=@var{N}}
10281 @end smallexample
10282
10283 @noindent
10284 where @var{archive} is the archive name, @var{hname} is a name of the
10285 file to store the extended header in, @var{Bs} and @var{N} are
10286 computed in previous steps.
10287
10288 In our example, this command will be
10289
10290 @smallexample
10291 $ @kbd{dd if=arc.tar of=xhdr bs=512 skip=56 count=7}
10292 @end smallexample
10293 @end enumerate
10294
10295 Finally, you can expand the condensed file, using the obtained header:
10296
10297 @smallexample
10298 @group
10299 $ @kbd{xsparse -v -x xhdr GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10300 Reading extended header file
10301 Found variable GNU.sparse.size = 217481216
10302 Found variable GNU.sparse.numblocks = 208
10303 Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
10304 Found variable GNU.sparse.map = 0,2048,1050624,2048,@dots{}
10305 Expanding file 'GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile' to 'sparsefile'
10306 Done
10307 @end group
10308 @end smallexample
10309
10310 @node cpio
10311 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
10312 @UNREVISED
10313
10314 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
10315
10316 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
10317 file name lengths. The binary and old @acronym{ASCII} formats have a maximum file
10318 length of 256, and the new @acronym{ASCII} and @acronym{CRC ASCII} formats have a max
10319 file length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
10320 with arbitrary file name lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
10321 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
10322
10323 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in @acronym{BSD};
10324 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
10325 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
10326 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
10327 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
10328 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
10329 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
10330 into a later @acronym{BSD} release---I think I gave them my changes).
10331
10332 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
10333 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
10334 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
10335 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
10336
10337 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
10338
10339 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and @acronym{BSD} source;
10340 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later @acronym{BSD}
10341 (4.3-tahoe and later).
10342
10343 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
10344 file systems that support 32-bit i-numbers (e.g., the @acronym{BSD} file system);
10345 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its ``binary''
10346 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its ``portable @acronym{ASCII}'' format,
10347 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system @acronym{ID}"
10348 field of the header to make sure that the file system @acronym{ID}/i-number pairs
10349 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
10350 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
10351 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
10352 make hard links between them.
10353
10354 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
10355 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
10356 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
10357 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
10358 of the names.
10359
10360 @quotation
10361 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
10362 @end quotation
10363
10364 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
10365 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
10366 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
10367
10368 @quotation
10369 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
10370 at the unix scene,
10371 @end quotation
10372
10373 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
10374 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
10375 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
10376 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
10377 @command{cpio} knew about it.
10378
10379 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
10380 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
10381 rest of the files.
10382
10383 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
10384
10385 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
10386 to start on a record boundary.
10387
10388 @quotation
10389 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
10390 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
10391 crashed archives at all.)
10392 @end quotation
10393
10394 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
10395 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
10396 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
10397 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
10398 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
10399 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
10400 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
10401 archive.
10402
10403 @quotation
10404 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
10405 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
10406 @end quotation
10407
10408 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
10409 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
10410 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
10411 special files.
10412
10413 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
10414 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
10415 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
10416 backwards compatibility.
10417
10418 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
10419 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
10420 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
10421
10422 @node Media
10423 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
10424 @UNREVISED
10425
10426 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
10427 description. These special cases are discussed below.
10428
10429 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
10430 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
10431 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
10432 such manipulation easier.
10433
10434 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
10435 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
10436
10437 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
10438 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
10439 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
10440 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
10441
10442 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
10443 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
10444 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
10445 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
10446 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
10447 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
10448
10449 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
10450 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
10451 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
10452 not a good idea.
10453
10454 @menu
10455 * Device:: Device selection and switching
10456 * Remote Tape Server::
10457 * Common Problems and Solutions::
10458 * Blocking:: Blocking
10459 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
10460 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
10461 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
10462 * verify::
10463 * Write Protection::
10464 @end menu
10465
10466 @node Device
10467 @section Device Selection and Switching
10468 @UNREVISED
10469
10470 @table @option
10471 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
10472 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
10473 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
10474 @end table
10475
10476 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
10477 works on.
10478
10479 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
10480 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
10481 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
10482 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
10483 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
10484
10485 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
10486 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
10487 sign (@samp{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
10488 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
10489 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
10490 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
10491 @command{rsh}.
10492 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
10493 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
10494 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
10495 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
10496 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
10497 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
10498 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
10499 runtime by using the @option{--rmt-command=@var{command}} option (@xref{Option Summary,
10500 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
10501 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
10502
10503 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
10504 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
10505 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
10506 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
10507 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
10508
10509 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
10510 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
10511 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
10512 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
10513 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
10514 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
10515 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
10516 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
10517 cartridges or diskettes.
10518
10519 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
10520 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
10521 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
10522 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
10523 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
10524 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
10525 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
10526 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
10527 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
10528 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
10529 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
10530 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
10531
10532 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
10533 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
10534 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
10535 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
10536 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
10537
10538 @table @option
10539 @xopindex{force-local, short description}
10540 @item --force-local
10541 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
10542
10543 @opindex rsh-command
10544 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
10545 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
10546 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
10547 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
10548
10549 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
10550 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
10551 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
10552 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
10553 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
10554 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
10555
10556 @item -[0-7][lmh]
10557 Specify drive and density.
10558
10559 @xopindex{multi-volume, short description}
10560 @item -M
10561 @itemx --multi-volume
10562 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
10563
10564 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
10565 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
10566 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
10567
10568 @xopindex{tape-length, short description}
10569 @item -L @var{num}
10570 @itemx --tape-length=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
10571 Change tape after writing @var{size} units of data. Unless @var{suf} is
10572 given, @var{size} is treated as kilobytes, i.e. @samp{@var{size} x
10573 1024} bytes. The following suffixes alter this behavior:
10574
10575 @float Table, size-suffixes
10576 @caption{Size Suffixes}
10577 @multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.3 0.3
10578 @headitem Suffix @tab Units @tab Byte Equivalent
10579 @item b @tab Blocks @tab @var{size} x 512
10580 @item B @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10581 @item c @tab Bytes @tab @var{size}
10582 @item G @tab Gigabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^3
10583 @item K @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10584 @item k @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10585 @item M @tab Megabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^2
10586 @item P @tab Petabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^5
10587 @item T @tab Terabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^4
10588 @item w @tab Words @tab @var{size} x 2
10589 @end multitable
10590 @end float
10591
10592 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
10593 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
10594 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
10595
10596 @xopindex{info-script, short description}
10597 @xopindex{new-volume-script, short description}
10598 @item -F @var{command}
10599 @itemx --info-script=@var{command}
10600 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
10601 Execute @var{command} at end of each tape. This implies
10602 @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}). @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
10603 description of this option.
10604 @end table
10605
10606 @node Remote Tape Server
10607 @section Remote Tape Server
10608
10609 @cindex remote tape drive
10610 @pindex rmt
10611 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
10612 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
10613 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
10614 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
10615 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
10616 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
10617 using a different login name if one is supplied.
10618
10619 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. Its
10620 source code can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
10621 installed by default.
10622
10623 @cindex absolute file names
10624 Unless you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
10625 @GNUTAR{} will not allow you to create an archive that contains
10626 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
10627 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
10628 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
10629 message telling you what it is doing.
10630
10631 When reading an archive that was created with a different
10632 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
10633 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
10634 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
10635 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
10636 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
10637 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
10638 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
10639 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
10640 backup tapes.
10641
10642 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
10643 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
10644 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
10645 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
10646 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
10647 from the archive, or you should either use the @option{--absolute-names}
10648 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
10649
10650 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
10651 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
10652 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
10653 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
10654 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
10655 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
10656
10657 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
10658 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
10659 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
10660 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
10661 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
10662 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}).
10663
10664 This means that the @option{--append}, @option{--concatenate}, and
10665 @option{--delete} commands will not work on any other kind of file.
10666 Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which means these commands and
10667 options will never be able to work on them. These non-backspacing
10668 media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
10669
10670 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
10671 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
10672
10673 Archives created with the @option{--multi-volume}, @option{--label}, and
10674 @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) options may not be readable by other version
10675 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
10676 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
10677 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
10678 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
10679 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
10680 with the @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option.
10681
10682 @node Common Problems and Solutions
10683 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
10684
10685 @ifclear PUBLISH
10686
10687 @format
10688 errors from system:
10689 permission denied
10690 no such file or directory
10691 not owner
10692
10693 errors from @command{tar}:
10694 directory checksum error
10695 header format error
10696
10697 errors from media/system:
10698 i/o error
10699 device busy
10700 @end format
10701
10702 @end ifclear
10703
10704 @node Blocking
10705 @section Blocking
10706 @cindex block
10707 @cindex record
10708
10709 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
10710 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
10711 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
10712 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
10713 two terms in a quite consistent way.
10714
10715 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
10716 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
10717
10718 @quotation
10719 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
10720 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
10721 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
10722 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
10723 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
10724 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
10725 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
10726 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
10727 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
10728 parameter specified this to the operating system.
10729
10730 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
10731 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
10732 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
10733 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
10734 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
10735 into the source code too.
10736 @end quotation
10737
10738 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
10739 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
10740 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
10741 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
10742 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
10743 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
10744 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
10745 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
10746 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
10747 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
10748 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
10749 in @GNUTAR{}.
10750
10751 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
10752 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
10753 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
10754 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
10755 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
10756 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
10757 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
10758 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
10759 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
10760 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
10761 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
10762 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
10763 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
10764 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
10765 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
10766
10767 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
10768 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
10769 factor, use the @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
10770 @var{512-size}}) option. Each record will then be composed of
10771 @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is 512 bytes.
10772 @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses at least one
10773 full record. As a result, using a larger record size can result in
10774 more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a larger record
10775 size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
10776
10777 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
10778 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
10779 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
10780 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
10781 honor blocking.
10782
10783 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
10784 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
10785 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
10786 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
10787 normally@footnote{If this message is not needed, you can turn it off
10788 using the @option{--warning=no-record-size} option.}. On some tape
10789 devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure out the record size
10790 itself. On most of those, you can specify a blocking factor (with
10791 @option{--blocking-factor}) larger than the actual blocking factor,
10792 and then use the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option.
10793 (If you specify a blocking factor with @option{--blocking-factor} and
10794 don't use the @option{--read-full-records} option, then @command{tar}
10795 will not attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some
10796 devices, you must always specify the record size exactly with
10797 @option{--blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
10798 figure it out. In any case, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) before
10799 doing any extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
10800 correctly.
10801
10802 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
10803 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
10804 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
10805 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
10806 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
10807
10808 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
10809 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
10810 @option{--blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
10811 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
10812 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
10813 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
10814 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
10815 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
10816 around one megabyte.
10817
10818 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
10819 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
10820 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
10821 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
10822 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
10823 device.
10824
10825 @menu
10826 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
10827 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
10828 @end menu
10829
10830 @node Format Variations
10831 @subsection Format Variations
10832 @cindex Format Parameters
10833 @cindex Format Options
10834 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
10835 @cindex Options, format specifying
10836 @UNREVISED
10837
10838 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
10839 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
10840 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
10841 store the archive.
10842
10843 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
10844 you can use the options described in the following sections.
10845 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
10846 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
10847 If you create an archive with the @option{--blocking-factor} option
10848 specified (@pxref{Blocking Factor}), you must specify that
10849 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
10850 examples of format parameter considerations.
10851
10852 @node Blocking Factor
10853 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
10854 @cindex Blocking Factor
10855 @cindex Record Size
10856 @cindex Number of blocks per record
10857 @cindex Number of bytes per record
10858 @cindex Bytes per record
10859 @cindex Blocks per record
10860 @UNREVISED
10861
10862 @opindex blocking-factor
10863 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
10864 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
10865 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (i.e., the size of a
10866 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
10867 The @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
10868 @var{512-size}}) option specifies the blocking factor of an archive.
10869 The default blocking factor is typically 20 (i.e., 10240 bytes), but
10870 can be specified at installation. To find out the blocking factor of
10871 an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list --file=@var{archive-name}}.
10872 This may not work on some devices.
10873
10874 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
10875 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
10876 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
10877 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
10878 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
10879 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
10880 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
10881 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
10882 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
10883 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
10884 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
10885 writing archives.
10886
10887 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
10888
10889 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
10890 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
10891 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
10892 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
10893 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
10894 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
10895
10896 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
10897 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
10898 example, this has been reported:
10899
10900 @smallexample
10901 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
10902 @end smallexample
10903
10904 @noindent
10905 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
10906 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
10907 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
10908 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
10909 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
10910 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
10911 for example, might resolve the problem.
10912
10913 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
10914 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
10915 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
10916 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
10917 can use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
10918 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
10919 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
10920 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
10921 is), you can usually use the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option while
10922 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
10923 (i.e., @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}).
10924 @xref{list}, for more information on the @option{--list} (@option{-t})
10925 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
10926
10927 @table @option
10928 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
10929 @itemx -b @var{number}
10930 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
10931 operation, but is usually not necessary with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
10932 @end table
10933
10934 Device blocking
10935
10936 @table @option
10937 @item -b @var{blocks}
10938 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
10939 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks}*512} bytes.
10940
10941 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
10942 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
10943 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
10944 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
10945 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
10946 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
10947
10948 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
10949 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
10950 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
10951 running on old machines with small address spaces.
10952
10953 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
10954 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
10955 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
10956 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
10957 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
10958
10959 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
10960 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
10961 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
10962 updating the archive.
10963
10964 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
10965 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
10966 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
10967 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
10968
10969 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
10970 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
10971 the amount of available virtual memory.
10972
10973 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
10974 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
10975 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
10976 @itemize @bullet
10977 @item
10978 the archive is subject to a compression option,
10979 @item
10980 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
10981 redirected nor piped,
10982 @item
10983 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
10984 device,
10985 @item
10986 @option{--blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
10987 invocation.
10988 @end itemize
10989
10990 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
10991 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
10992 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
10993 topic:
10994
10995 @itemize @bullet
10996
10997 @item
10998 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
10999 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
11000 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
11001 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
11002 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
11003 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
11004
11005 @item
11006 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
11007 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
11008 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
11009 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
11010 ignored.
11011
11012 @item
11013 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
11014 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
11015 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
11016 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
11017 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
11018 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
11019 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
11020
11021 @item
11022 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
11023 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
11024 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
11025 @end itemize
11026
11027 @xopindex{ignore-zeros, short description}
11028 @item -i
11029 @itemx --ignore-zeros
11030 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
11031
11032 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
11033 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
11034 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
11035 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
11036 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
11037 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
11038 the zeroed blocks.
11039
11040 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
11041 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
11042 are stored on a single physical tape.
11043
11044 @xopindex{read-full-records, short description}
11045 @item -B
11046 @itemx --read-full-records
11047 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2@acronym{BSD} pipes).
11048
11049 If @option{--read-full-records} is used, @command{tar}
11050 will not panic if an attempt to read a record from the archive does
11051 not return a full record. Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading
11052 until it has obtained a full
11053 record.
11054
11055 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
11056 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
11057 because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
11058 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
11059 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
11060 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
11061
11062 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
11063
11064 @end table
11065
11066 Tape blocking
11067
11068 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
11069
11070 @cindex blocking factor
11071 @cindex tape blocking
11072
11073 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
11074 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
11075 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
11076 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
11077 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
11078 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
11079 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
11080 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
11081 tape motion without losing information.
11082
11083 @cindex Exabyte blocking
11084 @cindex DAT blocking
11085 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
11086 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
11087 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
11088 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
11089 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
11090 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
11091 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
11092 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
11093 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
11094 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
11095 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
11096 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
11097 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
11098 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
11099 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
11100 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
11101
11102 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
11103 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
11104 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
11105 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
11106
11107 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
11108 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
11109 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
11110
11111 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
11112 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
11113 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
11114
11115 @node Many
11116 @section Many Archives on One Tape
11117
11118 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
11119
11120 @findex ntape @r{device}
11121 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
11122 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
11123 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
11124 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
11125 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
11126 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
11127 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
11128 device.
11129
11130 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
11131 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
11132 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
11133 means that a simple:
11134
11135 @smallexample
11136 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
11137 @end smallexample
11138
11139 @noindent
11140 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
11141 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
11142 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
11143 just been saved.
11144
11145 @cindex tape positioning
11146 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
11147 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
11148 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
11149 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
11150 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
11151 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
11152 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
11153 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
11154 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
11155 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
11156 recovered.
11157
11158 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
11159 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
11160
11161 @smallexample
11162 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
11163 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
11164 @end smallexample
11165
11166 @cindex tape marks
11167 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
11168 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
11169 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
11170 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
11171 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
11172 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
11173 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
11174 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
11175 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
11176 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
11177 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
11178
11179 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
11180 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
11181
11182 @smallexample
11183 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
11184 @end smallexample
11185
11186 @noindent
11187 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
11188
11189 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
11190 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
11191 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
11192 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
11193 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
11194 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
11195 these commands:
11196
11197 @smallexample
11198 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
11199 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
11200 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
11201 @end smallexample
11202
11203 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
11204 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
11205
11206 @menu
11207 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
11208 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
11209 @end menu
11210
11211 @node Tape Positioning
11212 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
11213 @UNREVISED
11214
11215 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
11216 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
11217 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
11218 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
11219 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
11220 two at the end of all the file entries.
11221
11222 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
11223 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
11224
11225 @smallexample
11226 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
11227 @end smallexample
11228
11229 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
11230 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
11231 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
11232 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
11233 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
11234 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
11235 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
11236 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
11237 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
11238 the beginning of the archive you want to read. You can do it manually
11239 via @code{mt} utility (@pxref{mt}). The @code{restore} script does
11240 that automatically (@pxref{Scripted Restoration}).
11241
11242 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
11243 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
11244 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
11245 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
11246 following:
11247
11248 @smallexample
11249 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
11250 @end smallexample
11251
11252 @node mt
11253 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
11254 @UNREVISED
11255
11256 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
11257 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
11258 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
11259
11260 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
11261 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
11262 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
11263 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
11264 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
11265 together"?}
11266
11267 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
11268
11269 @smallexample
11270 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
11271 @end smallexample
11272
11273 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
11274 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
11275 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
11276
11277 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
11278
11279 @table @option
11280 @item eof
11281 @itemx weof
11282 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
11283
11284 @item fsf
11285 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
11286
11287 @item bsf
11288 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
11289
11290 @item rewind
11291 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}.)
11292
11293 @item offline
11294 @itemx rewoff1
11295 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}.)
11296
11297 @item status
11298 Prints status information about the tape unit.
11299
11300 @end table
11301
11302 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
11303 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} will use
11304 the default device specified in your @file{sys/mtio.h} file
11305 (@code{DEFTAPE} variable). If this is not defined, the program will
11306 display a descriptive error message and exit with code 1.
11307
11308 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
11309 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
11310 failed.
11311
11312 @node Using Multiple Tapes
11313 @section Using Multiple Tapes
11314
11315 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
11316 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
11317 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
11318 are using options like @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} or dumping entire file systems.
11319 Therefore, @command{tar} provides a special mode for creating
11320 multi-volume archives.
11321
11322 @dfn{Multi-volume} archive is a single @command{tar} archive, stored
11323 on several media volumes of fixed size. Although in this section we will
11324 often call @samp{volume} a @dfn{tape}, there is absolutely no
11325 requirement for multi-volume archives to be stored on tapes. Instead,
11326 they can use whatever media type the user finds convenient, they can
11327 even be located on files.
11328
11329 When creating a multi-volume archive, @GNUTAR{} continues to fill
11330 current volume until it runs out of space, then it switches to
11331 next volume (usually the operator is queried to replace the tape on
11332 this point), and continues working on the new volume. This operation
11333 continues until all requested files are dumped. If @GNUTAR{} detects
11334 end of media while dumping a file, such a file is archived in split
11335 form. Some very big files can even be split across several volumes.
11336
11337 Each volume is itself a valid @GNUTAR{} archive, so it can be read
11338 without any special options. Consequently any file member residing
11339 entirely on one volume can be extracted or otherwise operated upon
11340 without needing the other volume. Sure enough, to extract a split
11341 member you would need all volumes its parts reside on.
11342
11343 Multi-volume archives suffer from several limitations. In particular,
11344 they cannot be compressed.
11345
11346 @GNUTAR{} is able to create multi-volume archives of two formats
11347 (@pxref{Formats}): @samp{GNU} and @samp{POSIX}.
11348
11349 @menu
11350 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
11351 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
11352 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
11353
11354 @end menu
11355
11356 @node Multi-Volume Archives
11357 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
11358 @cindex Multi-volume archives
11359
11360 @opindex multi-volume
11361 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
11362 the media, use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option in conjunction with
11363 the @option{--create} option (@pxref{create}). A @dfn{multi-volume}
11364 archive can be manipulated like any other archive (provided the
11365 @option{--multi-volume} option is specified), but is stored on more
11366 than one tape or file.
11367
11368 When you specify @option{--multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
11369 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
11370 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
11371 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
11372 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
11373 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
11374
11375 @table @option
11376 @item --multi-volume
11377 @itemx -M
11378 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
11379 @option{--create} (@option{-c}). To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
11380 archive, specify @option{--multi-volume} in conjunction with that
11381 operation.
11382 For example:
11383
11384 @smallexample
11385 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11386 @end smallexample
11387 @end table
11388
11389 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
11390 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. If @command{tar}
11391 cannot detect the end of the tape itself, you can use
11392 @option{--tape-length} option to inform it about the capacity of the
11393 tape:
11394
11395 @anchor{tape-length}
11396 @table @option
11397 @opindex tape-length
11398 @item --tape-length=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
11399 @itemx -L @var{size}[@var{suf}]
11400 Set maximum length of a volume. The @var{suf}, if given, specifies
11401 units in which @var{size} is expressed, e.g. @samp{2M} mean 2
11402 megabytes (@pxref{size-suffixes}, for a list of allowed size
11403 suffixes). Without @var{suf}, units of 1024 bytes (kilobyte) are
11404 assumed.
11405
11406 This option selects @option{--multi-volume} automatically. For example:
11407
11408 @smallexample
11409 $ @kbd{tar --create --tape-length=41943040 --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11410 @end smallexample
11411
11412 @noindent
11413 or, which is equivalent:
11414
11415 @smallexample
11416 $ @kbd{tar --create --tape-length=4G --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11417 @end smallexample
11418 @end table
11419
11420 @anchor{change volume prompt}
11421 When @GNUTAR{} comes to the end of a storage media, it asks you to
11422 change the volume. The built-in prompt for POSIX locale
11423 is@footnote{If you run @GNUTAR{} under a different locale, the
11424 translation to the locale's language will be used.}:
11425
11426 @smallexample
11427 Prepare volume #@var{n} for '@var{archive}' and hit return:
11428 @end smallexample
11429
11430 @noindent
11431 where @var{n} is the ordinal number of the volume to be created and
11432 @var{archive} is archive file or device name.
11433
11434 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
11435 responses:
11436
11437 @table @kbd
11438 @item ?
11439 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses.
11440 @item q
11441 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
11442 @item n @var{file-name}
11443 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file-name}.
11444 @item !
11445 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell. This option can be disabled
11446 by giving @option{--restrict} command line option to
11447 @command{tar}@footnote{@xref{--restrict}, for more information about
11448 this option.}.
11449 @item y
11450 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
11451 @end table
11452
11453 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
11454 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
11455
11456 @cindex Volume number file
11457 @cindex volno file
11458 @anchor{volno-file}
11459 @opindex volno-file
11460 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-changing prompt
11461 can be changed; if you give the
11462 @option{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}} option, then
11463 @var{file-of-number} should be an non-existing file to be created, or
11464 else, a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be
11465 used as the volume number of the first volume written. When
11466 @command{tar} is finished, it will rewrite the file with the
11467 now-current volume number. (This does not change the volume number
11468 written on a tape label, as per @ref{label}, it @emph{only} affects
11469 the number used in the prompt.)
11470
11471 @cindex End-of-archive info script
11472 @cindex Info script
11473 @anchor{info-script}
11474 @opindex info-script
11475 @opindex new-volume-script
11476 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, you can write a special
11477 @dfn{new volume script}, that will be responsible for changing the
11478 volume, and instruct @command{tar} to use it instead of its normal
11479 prompting procedure:
11480
11481 @table @option
11482 @item --info-script=@var{command}
11483 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
11484 @itemx -F @var{command}
11485 Specify the command to invoke when switching volumes. The @var{command}
11486 can be used to eject cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as
11487 @samp{Someone please come change my tape} when performing unattended
11488 backups.
11489 @end table
11490
11491 The @var{command} can contain additional options, if such are needed.
11492 @xref{external, Running External Commands}, for a detailed discussion
11493 of the way @GNUTAR{} runs external commands. It inherits
11494 @command{tar}'s shell environment. Additional data is passed to it
11495 via the following environment variables:
11496
11497 @table @env
11498 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, info script environment variable
11499 @item TAR_VERSION
11500 @GNUTAR{} version number.
11501
11502 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, info script environment variable
11503 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
11504 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
11505
11506 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, info script environment variable
11507 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
11508 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
11509
11510 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, info script environment variable
11511 @item TAR_VOLUME
11512 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is about to start.
11513
11514 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, info script environment variable
11515 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
11516 A short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing.
11517 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
11518
11519 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, info script environment variable
11520 @item TAR_FORMAT
11521 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
11522 list of archive format names.
11523
11524 @vrindex TAR_FD, info script environment variable
11525 @item TAR_FD
11526 File descriptor which can be used to communicate the new volume
11527 name to @command{tar}.
11528 @end table
11529
11530 These variables can be used in the @var{command} itself, provided that
11531 they are properly quoted to prevent them from being expanded by the
11532 shell that invokes @command{tar}.
11533
11534 The volume script can instruct @command{tar} to use new archive name,
11535 by writing in to file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD} (see below for an example).
11536
11537 If the info script fails, @command{tar} exits; otherwise, it begins
11538 writing the next volume.
11539
11540 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of files or tape
11541 drives, there are three approaches to choose from. First of all, you
11542 can give @command{tar} multiple @option{--file} options. In this case
11543 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive
11544 volumes of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs
11545 to be used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run
11546 the info script). For example, suppose someone has two tape drives on
11547 a system named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having
11548 @GNUTAR{} to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
11549 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
11550
11551 @smallexample
11552 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
11553 $ @kbd{tar -cM -f /dev/tape0 -f /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
11554 @end smallexample
11555
11556 The second method is to use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change
11557 prompt.
11558
11559 Finally, the most flexible approach is to use a volume script, that
11560 writes new archive name to the file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD}. For example, the
11561 following volume script will create a series of archive files, named
11562 @file{@var{archive}-@var{vol}}, where @var{archive} is the name of the
11563 archive being created (as given by @option{--file} option) and
11564 @var{vol} is the ordinal number of the archive being created:
11565
11566 @smallexample
11567 @group
11568 #! /bin/bash
11569 # For this script it's advisable to use a shell, such as Bash,
11570 # that supports a TAR_FD value greater than 9.
11571
11572 echo Preparing volume $TAR_VOLUME of $TAR_ARCHIVE.
11573
11574 name=`expr $TAR_ARCHIVE : '\(.*\)-.*'`
11575 case $TAR_SUBCOMMAND in
11576 -c) ;;
11577 -d|-x|-t) test -r $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME || exit 1
11578 ;;
11579 *) exit 1
11580 esac
11581
11582 echo $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME >&$TAR_FD
11583 @end group
11584 @end smallexample
11585
11586 The same script can be used while listing, comparing or extracting
11587 from the created archive. For example:
11588
11589 @smallexample
11590 @group
11591 # @r{Create a multi-volume archive:}
11592 $ @kbd{tar -c -L1024 -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
11593 # @r{Extract from the created archive:}
11594 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
11595 @end group
11596 @end smallexample
11597
11598 @noindent
11599 Notice, that the first command had to use @option{-L} option, since
11600 otherwise @GNUTAR{} will end up writing everything to file
11601 @file{archive.tar}.
11602
11603 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
11604 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
11605 volume, use @option{--list}, without @option{--multi-volume} specified.
11606 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
11607 that volume), use @option{--extract}, again without
11608 @option{--multi-volume}.
11609
11610 If an archive member is split across volumes (i.e., its entry begins on
11611 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
11612 @option{--multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
11613 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
11614 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
11615 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
11616 information about extracting archives.
11617
11618 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
11619 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
11620 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
11621 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
11622
11623 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using
11624 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@pxref{label}) when it was
11625 created, @command{tar} will not automatically label volumes which are
11626 added later. To label subsequent volumes, specify
11627 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} again in conjunction with the
11628 @option{--append}, @option{--update} or @option{--concatenate} operation.
11629
11630 Notice that multi-volume support is a GNU extension and the archives
11631 created in this mode should be read only using @GNUTAR{}. If you
11632 absolutely have to process such archives using a third-party @command{tar}
11633 implementation, read @ref{Split Recovery}.
11634
11635 @node Tape Files
11636 @subsection Tape Files
11637 @cindex labeling archives
11638 @opindex label
11639 @UNREVISED
11640
11641 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
11642 @option{--label=@var{volume-label}} (@option{-V @var{volume-label}})
11643 option. This will write a special block identifying
11644 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the
11645 archive which will be displayed when the archive is listed with
11646 @option{--list}. If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
11647 @option{--multi-volume} (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}), then the
11648 volume label will have @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name
11649 you give, where @var{nnn} is the number of the volume of the archive.
11650 If you use the @option{--label=@var{volume-label}} option when
11651 reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the tape
11652 matches the one you gave. @xref{label}.
11653
11654 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
11655 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
11656 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
11657 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
11658 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
11659 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
11660 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
11661
11662 People seem to often do:
11663
11664 @smallexample
11665 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
11666 @end smallexample
11667
11668 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
11669
11670 @node Tarcat
11671 @subsection Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
11672
11673 @pindex tarcat
11674 Sometimes it is necessary to convert existing @GNUTAR{} multi-volume
11675 archive to a single @command{tar} archive. Simply concatenating all
11676 volumes into one will not work, since each volume carries an additional
11677 information at the beginning. @GNUTAR{} is shipped with the shell
11678 script @command{tarcat} designed for this purpose.
11679
11680 The script takes a list of files comprising a multi-volume archive
11681 and creates the resulting archive at the standard output. For example:
11682
11683 @smallexample
11684 @kbd{tarcat vol.1 vol.2 vol.3 | tar tf -}
11685 @end smallexample
11686
11687 The script implements a simple heuristics to determine the format of
11688 the first volume file and to decide how to process the rest of the
11689 files. However, it makes no attempt to verify whether the files are
11690 given in order or even if they are valid @command{tar} archives.
11691 It uses @command{dd} and does not filter its standard error, so you
11692 will usually see lots of spurious messages.
11693
11694 @FIXME{The script is not installed. Should we install it?}
11695
11696 @node label
11697 @section Including a Label in the Archive
11698 @cindex Labeling an archive
11699 @cindex Labels on the archive media
11700 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
11701
11702 @opindex label
11703 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
11704 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry --- an archive member which
11705 contains the name of the archive --- in the archive itself. Use the
11706 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
11707 option@footnote{Until version 1.10, that option was called
11708 @option{--volume}, but is not available under that name anymore.} in
11709 conjunction with the @option{--create} operation to include a label
11710 entry in the archive as it is being created.
11711
11712 @table @option
11713 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
11714 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
11715 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
11716 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
11717 @option{--create} operation. Checks to make sure the archive label
11718 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with any other
11719 operation).
11720 @end table
11721
11722 If you create an archive using both
11723 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
11724 and @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), each volume of the archive
11725 will have an archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label}
11726 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
11727 next, and so on. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for information on
11728 creating multiple volume archives.
11729
11730 @cindex Volume label, listing
11731 @cindex Listing volume label
11732 The volume label will be displayed by @option{--list} along with
11733 the file contents. If verbose display is requested, it will also be
11734 explicitly marked as in the example below:
11735
11736 @smallexample
11737 @group
11738 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
11739 V--------- 0/0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
11740 -rw-r--r-- ringo/user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
11741 @end group
11742 @end smallexample
11743
11744 @opindex test-label
11745 @anchor{--test-label option}
11746 However, @option{--list} option will cause listing entire
11747 contents of the archive, which may be undesirable (for example, if the
11748 archive is stored on a tape). You can request checking only the volume
11749 label by specifying @option{--test-label} option. This option reads only the
11750 first block of an archive, so it can be used with slow storage
11751 devices. For example:
11752
11753 @smallexample
11754 @group
11755 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive}
11756 iamalabel
11757 @end group
11758 @end smallexample
11759
11760 If @option{--test-label} is used with one or more command line
11761 arguments, @command{tar} compares the volume label with each
11762 argument. It exits with code 0 if a match is found, and with code 1
11763 otherwise@footnote{Note that @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.23 indicated
11764 mismatch with an exit code 2 and printed a spurious diagnostics on
11765 stderr.}. No output is displayed, unless you also used the
11766 @option{--verbose} option. For example:
11767
11768 @smallexample
11769 @group
11770 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalabel'}
11771 @result{} 0
11772 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'alabel'}
11773 @result{} 1
11774 @end group
11775 @end smallexample
11776
11777 When used with the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar}
11778 prints the actual volume label (if any), and a verbose diagnostics in
11779 case of a mismatch:
11780
11781 @smallexample
11782 @group
11783 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --verbose --file=iamanarchive 'iamalabel'}
11784 iamalabel
11785 @result{} 0
11786 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --verbose --file=iamanarchive 'alabel'}
11787 iamalabel
11788 tar: Archive label mismatch
11789 @result{} 1
11790 @end group
11791 @end smallexample
11792
11793 If you request any operation, other than @option{--create}, along
11794 with using @option{--label} option, @command{tar} will first check if
11795 the archive label matches the one specified and will refuse to proceed
11796 if it does not. Use this as a safety precaution to avoid accidentally
11797 overwriting existing archives. For example, if you wish to add files
11798 to @file{archive}, presumably labeled with string @samp{My volume},
11799 you will get:
11800
11801 @smallexample
11802 @group
11803 $ @kbd{tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .}
11804 tar: Archive not labeled to match 'My volume'
11805 @end group
11806 @end smallexample
11807
11808 @noindent
11809 in case its label does not match. This will work even if
11810 @file{archive} is not labeled at all.
11811
11812 Similarly, @command{tar} will refuse to list or extract the
11813 archive if its label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
11814 specified. In those cases, @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted
11815 as a globbing-style pattern which must match the actual magnetic
11816 volume label. @xref{exclude}, for a precise description of how match
11817 is attempted@footnote{Previous versions of @command{tar} used full
11818 regular expression matching, or before that, only exact string
11819 matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the sake of
11820 simplicity to use a uniform matching device through
11821 @command{tar}.}. If the switch @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) is being used,
11822 the volume label matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by
11823 @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}} if the initial match fails, before giving
11824 up. Since the volume numbering is automatically added in labels at
11825 creation time, it sounded logical to equally help the user taking care
11826 of it when the archive is being read.
11827
11828 You can also use @option{--label} to get a common information on
11829 all tapes of a series. For having this information different in each
11830 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
11831 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
11832
11833 @smallexample
11834 @group
11835 $ @kbd{tar -cM -f /dev/tape -V "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
11836 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
11837 --label="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
11838 @end group
11839 @end smallexample
11840
11841 Some more notes about volume labels:
11842
11843 @itemize @bullet
11844 @item Each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
11845 to the time when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
11846 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
11847 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready.
11848
11849 @item Comparing date labels to get an idea of tape throughput is
11850 unreliable. It gives correct results only if the delays for rewinding
11851 tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which is
11852 usually not the case.
11853 @end itemize
11854
11855 @node verify
11856 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
11857 @cindex Verifying a write operation
11858 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
11859
11860 @table @option
11861 @item -W
11862 @itemx --verify
11863 @opindex verify, short description
11864 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
11865 @end table
11866
11867 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
11868 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
11869 are recorded on the standard error output.
11870
11871 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
11872 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
11873 cannot be verified.
11874
11875 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
11876 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
11877 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
11878 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
11879 it is up to date.
11880
11881 @xopindex{verify, using with @option{--create}}
11882 @xopindex{create, using with @option{--verify}}
11883 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
11884 written, use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option in conjunction with
11885 the @option{--create} operation. When this option is
11886 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
11887 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
11888
11889 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
11890 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
11891 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
11892 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
11893
11894 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file
11895 system by using the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff}, @option{-d})
11896 option, instead of using the more automatic @option{--verify} option.
11897 @xref{compare}.
11898
11899 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
11900 @option{--compare} option checks how identical are the logical contents of some
11901 archive with what is on your disks, while the @option{--verify} option is
11902 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
11903 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @option{--verify}
11904 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
11905 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
11906 @option{--compare} option. If you nevertheless use @option{--compare} for
11907 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
11908 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
11909 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
11910 the same volume as the one just written or read.
11911
11912 The @option{--verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
11913 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
11914 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
11915 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
11916 as long as programming is concerned.
11917
11918 The @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option will not work in
11919 conjunction with the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option or
11920 the @option{--append} (@option{-r}), @option{--update} (@option{-u})
11921 and @option{--delete} operations. @xref{Operations}, for more
11922 information on these operations.
11923
11924 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
11925 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
11926 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
11927 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
11928 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
11929
11930 @node Write Protection
11931 @section Write Protection
11932
11933 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
11934 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
11935 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
11936 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
11937 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
11938 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards.)
11939
11940 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
11941 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
11942 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
11943 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
11944 changeable feature.
11945
11946 @node Reliability and security
11947 @chapter Reliability and Security
11948
11949 The @command{tar} command reads and writes files as any other
11950 application does, and is subject to the usual caveats about
11951 reliability and security. This section contains some commonsense
11952 advice on the topic.
11953
11954 @menu
11955 * Reliability::
11956 * Security::
11957 @end menu
11958
11959 @node Reliability
11960 @section Reliability
11961
11962 Ideally, when @command{tar} is creating an archive, it reads from a
11963 file system that is not being modified, and encounters no errors or
11964 inconsistencies while reading and writing. If this is the case, the
11965 archive should faithfully reflect what was read. Similarly, when
11966 extracting from an archive, ideally @command{tar} ideally encounters
11967 no errors and the extracted files faithfully reflect what was in the
11968 archive.
11969
11970 However, when reading or writing real-world file systems, several
11971 things can go wrong; these include permissions problems, corruption of
11972 data, and race conditions.
11973
11974 @menu
11975 * Permissions problems::
11976 * Data corruption and repair::
11977 * Race conditions::
11978 @end menu
11979
11980 @node Permissions problems
11981 @subsection Permissions Problems
11982
11983 If @command{tar} encounters errors while reading or writing files, it
11984 normally reports an error and exits with nonzero status. The work it
11985 does may therefore be incomplete. For example, when creating an
11986 archive, if @command{tar} cannot read a file then it cannot copy the
11987 file into the archive.
11988
11989 @node Data corruption and repair
11990 @subsection Data Corruption and Repair
11991
11992 If an archive becomes corrupted by an I/O error, this may corrupt the
11993 data in an extracted file. Worse, it may corrupt the file's metadata,
11994 which may cause later parts of the archive to become misinterpreted.
11995 An tar-format archive contains a checksum that most likely will detect
11996 errors in the metadata, but it will not detect errors in the data.
11997
11998 If data corruption is a concern, you can compute and check your own
11999 checksums of an archive by using other programs, such as
12000 @command{cksum}.
12001
12002 When attempting to recover from a read error or data corruption in an
12003 archive, you may need to skip past the questionable data and read the
12004 rest of the archive. This requires some expertise in the archive
12005 format and in other software tools.
12006
12007 @node Race conditions
12008 @subsection Race conditions
12009
12010 If some other process is modifying the file system while @command{tar}
12011 is reading or writing files, the result may well be inconsistent due
12012 to race conditions. For example, if another process creates some
12013 files in a directory while @command{tar} is creating an archive
12014 containing the directory's files, @command{tar} may see some of the
12015 files but not others, or it may see a file that is in the process of
12016 being created. The resulting archive may not be a snapshot of the
12017 file system at any point in time. If an application such as a
12018 database system depends on an accurate snapshot, restoring from the
12019 @command{tar} archive of a live file system may therefore break that
12020 consistency and may break the application. The simplest way to avoid
12021 the consistency issues is to avoid making other changes to the file
12022 system while tar is reading it or writing it.
12023
12024 When creating an archive, several options are available to avoid race
12025 conditions. Some hosts have a way of snapshotting a file system, or
12026 of temporarily suspending all changes to a file system, by (say)
12027 suspending the only virtual machine that can modify a file system; if
12028 you use these facilities and have @command{tar -c} read from a
12029 snapshot when creating an archive, you can avoid inconsistency
12030 problems. More drastically, before starting @command{tar} you could
12031 suspend or shut down all processes other than @command{tar} that have
12032 access to the file system, or you could unmount the file system and
12033 then mount it read-only.
12034
12035 When extracting from an archive, one approach to avoid race conditions
12036 is to create a directory that no other process can write to, and
12037 extract into that.
12038
12039 @node Security
12040 @section Security
12041
12042 In some cases @command{tar} may be used in an adversarial situation,
12043 where an untrusted user is attempting to gain information about or
12044 modify otherwise-inaccessible files. Dealing with untrusted data
12045 (that is, data generated by an untrusted user) typically requires
12046 extra care, because even the smallest mistake in the use of
12047 @command{tar} is more likely to be exploited by an adversary than by a
12048 race condition.
12049
12050 @menu
12051 * Privacy::
12052 * Integrity::
12053 * Live untrusted data::
12054 * Security rules of thumb::
12055 @end menu
12056
12057 @node Privacy
12058 @subsection Privacy
12059
12060 Standard privacy concerns apply when using @command{tar}. For
12061 example, suppose you are archiving your home directory into a file
12062 @file{/archive/myhome.tar}. Any secret information in your home
12063 directory, such as your SSH secret keys, are copied faithfully into
12064 the archive. Therefore, if your home directory contains any file that
12065 should not be read by some other user, the archive itself should be
12066 not be readable by that user. And even if the archive's data are
12067 inaccessible to untrusted users, its metadata (such as size or
12068 last-modified date) may reveal some information about your home
12069 directory; if the metadata are intended to be private, the archive's
12070 parent directory should also be inaccessible to untrusted users.
12071
12072 One precaution is to create @file{/archive} so that it is not
12073 accessible to any user, unless that user also has permission to access
12074 all the files in your home directory.
12075
12076 Similarly, when extracting from an archive, take care that the
12077 permissions of the extracted files are not more generous than what you
12078 want. Even if the archive itself is readable only to you, files
12079 extracted from it have their own permissions that may differ.
12080
12081 @node Integrity
12082 @subsection Integrity
12083
12084 When creating archives, take care that they are not writable by a
12085 untrusted user; otherwise, that user could modify the archive, and
12086 when you later extract from the archive you will get incorrect data.
12087
12088 When @command{tar} extracts from an archive, by default it writes into
12089 files relative to the working directory. If the archive was generated
12090 by an untrusted user, that user therefore can write into any file
12091 under the working directory. If the working directory contains a
12092 symbolic link to another directory, the untrusted user can also write
12093 into any file under the referenced directory. When extracting from an
12094 untrusted archive, it is therefore good practice to create an empty
12095 directory and run @command{tar} in that directory.
12096
12097 When extracting from two or more untrusted archives, each one should
12098 be extracted independently, into different empty directories.
12099 Otherwise, the first archive could create a symbolic link into an area
12100 outside the working directory, and the second one could follow the
12101 link and overwrite data that is not under the working directory. For
12102 example, when restoring from a series of incremental dumps, the
12103 archives should have been created by a trusted process, as otherwise
12104 the incremental restores might alter data outside the working
12105 directory.
12106
12107 If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option when
12108 extracting, @command{tar} respects any file names in the archive, even
12109 file names that begin with @file{/} or contain @file{..}. As this
12110 lets the archive overwrite any file in your system that you can write,
12111 the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option should be used only
12112 for trusted archives.
12113
12114 Conversely, with the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) and
12115 @option{--skip-old-files} options, @command{tar} refuses to replace
12116 existing files when extracting. The difference between the two
12117 options is that the former treats existing files as errors whereas the
12118 latter just silently ignores them.
12119
12120 Finally, with the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option, @command{tar}
12121 refuses to replace the permissions or ownership of already-existing
12122 directories. These options may help when extracting from untrusted
12123 archives.
12124
12125 @node Live untrusted data
12126 @subsection Dealing with Live Untrusted Data
12127
12128 Extra care is required when creating from or extracting into a file
12129 system that is accessible to untrusted users. For example, superusers
12130 who invoke @command{tar} must be wary about its actions being hijacked
12131 by an adversary who is reading or writing the file system at the same
12132 time that @command{tar} is operating.
12133
12134 When creating an archive from a live file system, @command{tar} is
12135 vulnerable to denial-of-service attacks. For example, an adversarial
12136 user could create the illusion of an indefinitely-deep directory
12137 hierarchy @file{d/e/f/g/...} by creating directories one step ahead of
12138 @command{tar}, or the illusion of an indefinitely-long file by
12139 creating a sparse file but arranging for blocks to be allocated just
12140 before @command{tar} reads them. There is no easy way for
12141 @command{tar} to distinguish these scenarios from legitimate uses, so
12142 you may need to monitor @command{tar}, just as you'd need to monitor
12143 any other system service, to detect such attacks.
12144
12145 While a superuser is extracting from an archive into a live file
12146 system, an untrusted user might replace a directory with a symbolic
12147 link, in hopes that @command{tar} will follow the symbolic link and
12148 extract data into files that the untrusted user does not have access
12149 to. Even if the archive was generated by the superuser, it may
12150 contain a file such as @file{d/etc/passwd} that the untrusted user
12151 earlier created in order to break in; if the untrusted user replaces
12152 the directory @file{d/etc} with a symbolic link to @file{/etc} while
12153 @command{tar} is running, @command{tar} will overwrite
12154 @file{/etc/passwd}. This attack can be prevented by extracting into a
12155 directory that is inaccessible to untrusted users.
12156
12157 Similar attacks via symbolic links are also possible when creating an
12158 archive, if the untrusted user can modify an ancestor of a top-level
12159 argument of @command{tar}. For example, an untrusted user that can
12160 modify @file{/home/eve} can hijack a running instance of @samp{tar -cf
12161 - /home/eve/Documents/yesterday} by replacing
12162 @file{/home/eve/Documents} with a symbolic link to some other
12163 location. Attacks like these can be prevented by making sure that
12164 untrusted users cannot modify any files that are top-level arguments
12165 to @command{tar}, or any ancestor directories of these files.
12166
12167 @node Security rules of thumb
12168 @subsection Security Rules of Thumb
12169
12170 This section briefly summarizes rules of thumb for avoiding security
12171 pitfalls.
12172
12173 @itemize @bullet
12174
12175 @item
12176 Protect archives at least as much as you protect any of the files
12177 being archived.
12178
12179 @item
12180 Extract from an untrusted archive only into an otherwise-empty
12181 directory. This directory and its parent should be accessible only to
12182 trusted users. For example:
12183
12184 @example
12185 @group
12186 $ @kbd{chmod go-rwx .}
12187 $ @kbd{mkdir -m go-rwx dir}
12188 $ @kbd{cd dir}
12189 $ @kbd{tar -xvf /archives/got-it-off-the-net.tar.gz}
12190 @end group
12191 @end example
12192
12193 As a corollary, do not do an incremental restore from an untrusted archive.
12194
12195 @item
12196 Do not let untrusted users access files extracted from untrusted
12197 archives without checking first for problems such as setuid programs.
12198
12199 @item
12200 Do not let untrusted users modify directories that are ancestors of
12201 top-level arguments of @command{tar}. For example, while you are
12202 executing @samp{tar -cf /archive/u-home.tar /u/home}, do not let an
12203 untrusted user modify @file{/}, @file{/archive}, or @file{/u}.
12204
12205 @item
12206 Pay attention to the diagnostics and exit status of @command{tar}.
12207
12208 @item
12209 When archiving live file systems, monitor running instances of
12210 @command{tar} to detect denial-of-service attacks.
12211
12212 @item
12213 Avoid unusual options such as @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
12214 @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}), @option{--overwrite},
12215 @option{--recursive-unlink}, and @option{--remove-files} unless you
12216 understand their security implications.
12217
12218 @end itemize
12219
12220 @node Changes
12221 @appendix Changes
12222
12223 This appendix lists some important user-visible changes between
12224 version @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and previous versions. An up-to-date
12225 version of this document is available at
12226 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/manual/changes.html,the
12227 @GNUTAR{} documentation page}.
12228
12229 @table @asis
12230 @item Use of globbing patterns when listing and extracting.
12231
12232 Previous versions of GNU tar assumed shell-style globbing when
12233 extracting from or listing an archive. For example:
12234
12235 @smallexample
12236 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
12237 @end smallexample
12238
12239 would extract all files whose names end in @samp{.c}. This behavior
12240 was not documented and was incompatible with traditional tar
12241 implementations. Therefore, starting from version 1.15.91, GNU tar
12242 no longer uses globbing by default. For example, the above invocation
12243 is now interpreted as a request to extract from the archive the file
12244 named @file{*.c}.
12245
12246 To facilitate transition to the new behavior for those users who got
12247 used to the previous incorrect one, @command{tar} will print a warning
12248 if it finds out that a requested member was not found in the archive
12249 and its name looks like a globbing pattern. For example:
12250
12251 @smallexample
12252 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
12253 tar: Pattern matching characters used in file names. Please,
12254 tar: use --wildcards to enable pattern matching, or --no-wildcards to
12255 tar: suppress this warning.
12256 tar: *.c: Not found in archive
12257 tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
12258 @end smallexample
12259
12260 To treat member names as globbing patterns, use the @option{--wildcards} option.
12261 If you want to tar to mimic the behavior of versions prior to 1.15.91,
12262 add this option to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable.
12263
12264 @xref{wildcards}, for the detailed discussion of the use of globbing
12265 patterns by @GNUTAR{}.
12266
12267 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
12268
12269 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
12270 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
12271
12272 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
12273 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
12274 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
12275
12276 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
12277 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
12278 Users are encouraged to use @option{--format=oldgnu} instead.
12279
12280 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
12281 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
12282 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
12283 of this issue and its implications.
12284
12285 @xref{Options, tar-formats, Changing Automake's Behavior,
12286 automake, GNU Automake}, for a description on how to use various
12287 archive formats with @command{automake}.
12288
12289 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
12290 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
12291
12292 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
12293
12294 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
12295 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Since such usage contradicted
12296 to UNIX98 specification and harmed compatibility with other
12297 implementations, it was declared deprecated in version 1.14. However,
12298 to facilitate transition to its new semantics, it was supported by
12299 versions 1.15 and 1.15.90. The present use of @option{-l} as a short
12300 variant of @option{--check-links} was introduced in version 1.15.91.
12301
12302 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
12303
12304 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
12305
12306 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
12307
12308 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
12309 @end table
12310
12311 @node Configuring Help Summary
12312 @appendix Configuring Help Summary
12313
12314 Running @kbd{tar --help} displays the short @command{tar} option
12315 summary (@pxref{help}). This summary is organized by @dfn{groups} of
12316 semantically close options. The options within each group are printed
12317 in the following order: a short option, eventually followed by a list
12318 of corresponding long option names, followed by a short description of
12319 the option. For example, here is an excerpt from the actual @kbd{tar
12320 --help} output:
12321
12322 @verbatim
12323 Main operation mode:
12324
12325 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to an archive
12326 -c, --create create a new archive
12327 -d, --diff, --compare find differences between archive and
12328 file system
12329 --delete delete from the archive
12330 @end verbatim
12331
12332 @vrindex ARGP_HELP_FMT, environment variable
12333 The exact visual representation of the help output is configurable via
12334 @env{ARGP_HELP_FMT} environment variable. The value of this variable
12335 is a comma-separated list of @dfn{format variable} assignments. There
12336 are two kinds of format variables. An @dfn{offset variable} keeps the
12337 offset of some part of help output text from the leftmost column on
12338 the screen. A @dfn{boolean} variable is a flag that toggles some
12339 output feature on or off. Depending on the type of the corresponding
12340 variable, there are two kinds of assignments:
12341
12342 @table @asis
12343 @item Offset assignment
12344
12345 The assignment to an offset variable has the following syntax:
12346
12347 @smallexample
12348 @var{variable}=@var{value}
12349 @end smallexample
12350
12351 @noindent
12352 where @var{variable} is the variable name, and @var{value} is a
12353 numeric value to be assigned to the variable.
12354
12355 @item Boolean assignment
12356
12357 To assign @code{true} value to a variable, simply put this variable name. To
12358 assign @code{false} value, prefix the variable name with @samp{no-}. For
12359 example:
12360
12361 @smallexample
12362 @group
12363 # Assign @code{true} value:
12364 dup-args
12365 # Assign @code{false} value:
12366 no-dup-args
12367 @end group
12368 @end smallexample
12369 @end table
12370
12371 Following variables are declared:
12372
12373 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args
12374 If true, arguments for an option are shown with both short and long
12375 options, even when a given option has both forms, for example:
12376
12377 @smallexample
12378 -f ARCHIVE, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12379 @end smallexample
12380
12381 If false, then if an option has both short and long forms, the
12382 argument is only shown with the long one, for example:
12383
12384 @smallexample
12385 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12386 @end smallexample
12387
12388 @noindent
12389 and a message indicating that the argument is applicable to both
12390 forms is printed below the options. This message can be disabled
12391 using @code{dup-args-note} (see below).
12392
12393 The default is false.
12394 @end deftypevr
12395
12396 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args-note
12397 If this variable is true, which is the default, the following notice
12398 is displayed at the end of the help output:
12399
12400 @quotation
12401 Mandatory or optional arguments to long options are also mandatory or
12402 optional for any corresponding short options.
12403 @end quotation
12404
12405 Setting @code{no-dup-args-note} inhibits this message. Normally, only one of
12406 variables @code{dup-args} or @code{dup-args-note} should be set.
12407 @end deftypevr
12408
12409 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset short-opt-col
12410 Column in which short options start. Default is 2.
12411
12412 @smallexample
12413 @group
12414 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12415 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12416 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=short-opt-col=6 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12417 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12418 @end group
12419 @end smallexample
12420 @end deftypevr
12421
12422 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset long-opt-col
12423 Column in which long options start. Default is 6. For example:
12424
12425 @smallexample
12426 @group
12427 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12428 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12429 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=long-opt-col=16 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12430 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12431 @end group
12432 @end smallexample
12433 @end deftypevr
12434
12435 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset doc-opt-col
12436 Column in which @dfn{doc options} start. A doc option isn't actually
12437 an option, but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that is
12438 displayed in much the same manner as the options. For example, in
12439 the description of @option{--format} option:
12440
12441 @smallexample
12442 @group
12443 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
12444
12445 FORMAT is one of the following:
12446
12447 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
12448 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
12449 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
12450 posix same as pax
12451 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
12452 v7 old V7 tar format
12453 @end group
12454 @end smallexample
12455
12456 @noindent
12457 the format names are doc options. Thus, if you set
12458 @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=doc-opt-col=6} the above part of the help output
12459 will look as follows:
12460
12461 @smallexample
12462 @group
12463 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
12464
12465 FORMAT is one of the following:
12466
12467 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
12468 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
12469 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
12470 posix same as pax
12471 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
12472 v7 old V7 tar format
12473 @end group
12474 @end smallexample
12475 @end deftypevr
12476
12477 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset opt-doc-col
12478 Column in which option description starts. Default is 29.
12479
12480 @smallexample
12481 @group
12482 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12483 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12484 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=19 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12485 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12486 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=9 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12487 -f, --file=ARCHIVE
12488 use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12489 @end group
12490 @end smallexample
12491
12492 @noindent
12493 Notice, that the description starts on a separate line if
12494 @code{opt-doc-col} value is too small.
12495 @end deftypevr
12496
12497 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset header-col
12498 Column in which @dfn{group headers} are printed. A group header is a
12499 descriptive text preceding an option group. For example, in the
12500 following text:
12501
12502 @verbatim
12503 Main operation mode:
12504
12505 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to
12506 an archive
12507 -c, --create create a new archive
12508 @end verbatim
12509 @noindent
12510 @samp{Main operation mode:} is the group header.
12511
12512 The default value is 1.
12513 @end deftypevr
12514
12515 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset usage-indent
12516 Indentation of wrapped usage lines. Affects @option{--usage}
12517 output. Default is 12.
12518 @end deftypevr
12519
12520 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset rmargin
12521 Right margin of the text output. Used for wrapping.
12522 @end deftypevr
12523
12524 @node Fixing Snapshot Files
12525 @appendix Fixing Snapshot Files
12526 @include tar-snapshot-edit.texi
12527
12528 @node Tar Internals
12529 @appendix Tar Internals
12530 @include intern.texi
12531
12532 @node Genfile
12533 @appendix Genfile
12534 @include genfile.texi
12535
12536 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
12537 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
12538 @include freemanuals.texi
12539
12540 @node GNU Free Documentation License
12541 @appendix GNU Free Documentation License
12542
12543 @include fdl.texi
12544
12545 @node Index of Command Line Options
12546 @appendix Index of Command Line Options
12547
12548 This appendix contains an index of all @GNUTAR{} long command line
12549 options. The options are listed without the preceding double-dash.
12550 For a cross-reference of short command line options, see
12551 @ref{Short Option Summary}.
12552
12553 @printindex op
12554
12555 @node Index
12556 @appendix Index
12557
12558 @printindex cp
12559
12560 @summarycontents
12561 @contents
12562 @bye
12563
12564 @c Local variables:
12565 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
12566 @c End:
This page took 0.579635 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.